Alcatel BSS Telecom Parameters

Alcatel BSS

Telecom Parameters Dictionary

O&M Documentation

Reference Guide

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

Status RELEASED

Short title

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, useand communication of its contents not permitted without writtenauthorization from Alcatel.

BLANK PAGE BREAK

2 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

Contents

Contents

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.1 Parameter Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.2 Parameter Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.3 Modified Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2 GSM Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022.3 System (CST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614

3 GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6173.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6183.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635

4 2G-3G Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7874.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 3 / 802

Contents

4 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

Preface

Preface

Purpose The BSS Parameter Dictionary lists all of the Telecom Parameters for GSMand GPRS.

Audience This manual is designed for OMC-R users, O&M technicians and systemdesigners.

Assumed Knowledge Not applicable.

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 5 / 802

Preface

6 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

1 Introduction

1 Introduction

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 7 / 802

1 Introduction

1.1 Parameter ClassificationThe GSM and GPRS parameters are classified into three categories:

Network : customer dependent parameters, related to the network topology,

defined by the customer and valid for the complete network (e.g. BTS name,Cell ID, LAC number ...). They can be adjusted by CDE scripts.

Site : adjustable parameters from one cell to the next or from one BSC to the

next. They are set to a default value. They can be adjusted from the OMC-R.

System : fixed parameters, i.e. BSS system mandatory rules orautomatically populated in the DLS skeleton and let unchanged because

not customer dependent. Some of them are coded in BTS Software andconfiguration files.

1.2 Parameter DescriptionTo each parameter are associated the following characteristics:

Logical Parameter Name : Mnemonic conventionally used in Alcatel

documentation.

Definition : definition/purpose of the parameter.

Coding rules :, Rules of coding, when necessary.

Mandatory rules : Mandatory relationships or inter-dependence of some

data.

Recommended rules : Recommended relationships or inter-dependenceof some data.

Feature : Indicates to which feature the parameter is linked.

Category : Category into which the parameter is classified.

Instance : Possible instance of the parameter.

Value

Min/Max values : Possible range of the parameter values.

Default value : Parameter value in release B7.2 for a genericconfiguration.

Modifiable : Indicates if the parameter is modifiable at the OMC-R.

Parameter Access : Indicates where the parameter is accessible at the

OMC-R.

External Comments : Specific information, when necessary, related

to the parameter.

8 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

1 Introduction

1.3 Modified Telecom Parameters

LOGICAL Name FEATURE

GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MPDCH

GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) MPDCH

MS_TXPWR_MAX Power control and handover algorithm improvements

MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) Power control and handover algorithm improvements

MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) xxxx

MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) MPDCH

MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER Power control and handover algorithm improvements

MS_TXPWR_MIN Power control and handover algorithm improvements

RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) xxxx

RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) MPDCH

T_PDCH_PREEMPTION ICOD2 : Enhanced PDCH traffic adaptation to cell loadvariation

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 9 / 802

1 Introduction

10 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

2 GSM Telecom Parameters


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 11 / 802


2.1 Network (CDE)

12 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.1 (ADDR_MON) - (ADDR_MON)

Alcatel ADDR_MONParameter Name

Logical Name ADDR_MON

Definition Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. Ontimeout, the address error counter is reset.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 13 / 802


2.1.2 (ADDR_TR) - (ADDR_TR)

Alcatel ADDR_TRParameter Name

Logical Name ADDR_TR

Definition Address error threshold for alarm detection.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 255 60






14 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.3 (Autocleaning_Timer) - (T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP)

Alcatel Autocleaning_TimerParameter Name

Logical Name T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP

Definition Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure.

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules Either {T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH *480ms + 30 seconds} or {T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0}



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


sec 0 255 40


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General timers and procedures

External Comment Corresponds to B6 parameter T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP, but withbehaviour extended to TCH. T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP= 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure. Recommendationfor customising this value at migration time:If B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP = 0:T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=0 if 0 < B6.2 value ofT_SDCCH_MEAS_REP ≤ 30: T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=30if B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP > 30:T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 15 / 802


2.1.4 (BF_HI_RX) - (BF_HI_RX)

Alcatel BF_HI_RXParameter Name

Logical Name BF_HI_RX

Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normalto busy condition.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX


Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 80






16 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.5 (BF_HI_TX) - (BF_HI_TX)

Alcatel BF_HI_TXParameter Name

Logical Name BF_HI_TX

Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normalto busy condition.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX


Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 30 16






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 17 / 802


2.1.6 (BF_LO_RX) - (BF_LO_RX)

Alcatel BF_LO_RXParameter Name

Logical Name BF_LO_RX

Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busyto normal condition.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX


Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 70






18 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.7 (BF_LO_TX) - (BF_LO_TX)

Alcatel BF_LO_TXParameter Name

Logical Name BF_LO_TX

Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busyto normal condition.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX


Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 30 8






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 19 / 802


2.1.8 (CGI_REQUIRED) - (CGI_REQD)

Alcatel CGI_REQUIREDParameter Name

Logical Name CGI_REQD

Definition Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC.

Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used

Mandatory rules –



Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is forimplementation purposes.



20 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.9 (COUNT_DECR) - (COUNT_DECR)

Alcatel COUNT_DECRParameter Name

Logical Name COUNT_DECR

Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reactionto TCU overload is decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 10 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 21 / 802


2.1.10 (COUNT_I_THRESHOLD) - (COUNT_I_THRESHOLD)

Alcatel COUNT_I_THRESHOLDParameter Name

Logical Name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD

Definition Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions uponTCU overload.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 50 10






22 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.11 (COUNT_INCR_1) - (COUNT_INCR_1)

Alcatel COUNT_INCR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name COUNT_INCR_1

Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reactionto TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 1.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_1 ≤ COUNT_INCR_2


Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 10 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 23 / 802


2.1.12 (COUNT_INCR_2) - (COUNT_INCR_2)

Alcatel COUNT_INCR_2Parameter Name

Logical Name COUNT_INCR_2

Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reactionto TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 2.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_2 ≥ COUNT_INCR_1


Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 10 4






24 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.13 (CRC_MON) - (CRC_MON)

Alcatel CRC_MONParameter Name

Logical Name CRC_MON

Definition Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. Ontimeout, the CRC error counter is reset.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 25.5 10






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 25 / 802


2.1.14 (CRC_TR) - (CRC_TR)

Alcatel CRC_TRParameter Name

Logical Name CRC_TR

Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 255 50






26 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.15 (EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF) - (EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF)

Alcatel EN_FR_IF_HR_PREFParameter Name

Logical Name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF

Definition When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a “dual rate,half-rate preferred”, to allocate a full rate channel.

Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled

Mandatory rules –



Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 27 / 802


2.1.16 (I_TX_LAPD) - (I_TX_LAPD)

Alcatel I_TX_LAPDParameter Name

Logical Name I_TX_LAPD

Definition Maximum LAPD transmission queue length.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 5 204 105






28 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.17 (LB_DECR) - (LB_DECR)

Alcatel LB_DECRParameter Name

Logical Name LB_DECR

Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC isdecremented on T_LB_OV expiry.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 10 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 29 / 802


2.1.18 (LB_INCR) - (LB_INCR)

Alcatel LB_INCRParameter Name

Logical Name LB_INCR

Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC isincremented each time an OVERLOAD is received from the FU.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 10 2






30 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.19 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1])

Alcatel MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 10






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 31 / 802


2.1.20 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i[10])




Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 0






32 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 33 / 802






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 30






34 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 40






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 35 / 802






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 0






36 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 37 / 802






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 0






38 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 39 / 802






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 0






40 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.29 (Mobile Country Code (MCC)) - (MCC (BSC))

Alcatel Mobile Country Code (MCC)Parameter Name

Logical Name MCC (BSC)

Definition Mobile Country Code.

Coding rules 3 digits BCD

Mandatory rules Equal to MCC (MFS)



Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance OMC


None 0 999 999


Parameter Access Network

External Comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 41 / 802


2.1.30 (Mobile Network Code (MNC)) - (MNC (BSC))

Alcatel Mobile Network Code (MNC)Parameter Name

Logical Name MNC (BSC)

Definition Mobile Network Code.


Mandatory rules Equal to MNC (MFS)



Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance OMC


None 0 999 999

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Network

External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed toenter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyzcorrespond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111)MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).



42 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.31 (N200_RSL (BSC)) - (N200_RSL (BSC))

Alcatel N200_RSL (BSC)Parameter Name

Logical Name N200_RSL (BSC)

Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a LAPD frame on a RSL.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2


Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 3 20 12



External Comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abisconnection type, At migration time, it is set to 5sec for all Abis, if atleast one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec It can be changedindirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type)default Value: 12 for terrestrial link, value 5 for Abis via satellite



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 43 / 802


2.1.32 (NBLK) - (NBLK)

Alcatel NBLKParameter Name

Logical Name NBLK

Definition Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACKfrom the MSC is not received.

Coding rules 255: infinite transmission

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 255 2






44 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.33 (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1) - (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1)

Alcatel NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1Parameter Name

Logical Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1

Definition Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overloadlevel 1.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 ≤ NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2


Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 10 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 45 / 802


2.1.34 (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2) - (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2)

Alcatel NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2Parameter Name

Logical Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2

Definition Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 ≥ NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1


Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 10 2






46 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.35 (NUBLK) - (NUBLK)

Alcatel NUBLKParameter Name

Logical Name NUBLK

Definition Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACKfrom the MSC is not received.

Coding rules 255: infinite transmission

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 255 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 47 / 802


2.1.36 (PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS) -(PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC))

Alcatel PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDSParameter Name

Logical Name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC)

Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN.

Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands 1: GSM850 and DCS1800bands 2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands 3,...,255: for future useThis parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for futurefrequency. band combinations.

Mandatory rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) =PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 2 0



External Comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of agiven cell can be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM(GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is setto "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 ifthe PLMN_FREQUENCY_BAND is set to GSM850-DCS1800, -GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to"GSM850 and DCS1900 bands".



48 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.37 (PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS) -(PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS))

Alcatel PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDSParameter Name

Logical Name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)

Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN.

Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands 1: GSM850 and DCS1800bands 2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands 3,...,255: for future useThis parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for futurefrequency band combinations.

Mandatory rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) =PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)



Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


None 0 2 0


Parameter Access Customer BUL file

External Comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of agiven cell can be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM(GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to"GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to GSM850-DCS1800, -GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to"GSM850 and DCS1900 bands".



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 49 / 802


2.1.38 (PROT_MON) - (PROT_MON)

Alcatel PROT_MONParameter Name

Logical Name PROT_MON

Definition Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. Ontimeout, the protocol error counter is reset.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 10






50 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.39 (PROT_TH) - (PROT_TH)

Alcatel PROT_THParameter Name

Logical Name PROT_TH

Definition Protocol error threshold for alarm detection.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 255 10






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 51 / 802


2.1.40 (SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD) - (SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD)

Alcatel SDCCH_AVG_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD

Definition Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements.

Coding rules 8 bits, step size=1sec

Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 16 10






52 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.41 (SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY) - (SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY)

Alcatel SDCCH_HIGH_DELAYParameter Name

Logical Name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY

Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor loadis high.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 10 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 53 / 802


2.1.42 (SDCCH_LOW_DELAY) - (SDCCH_LOW_DELAY)

Alcatel SDCCH_LOW_DELAYParameter Name

Logical Name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY

Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load islow.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 10 0






54 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.43 (SMS_INHIBIT) - (SMS_INHIBIT)

Alcatel SMS_INHIBITParameter Name

Logical Name SMS_INHIBIT

Definition This flag enables/disables SMS support.

Coding rules 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited

Mandatory rules –



Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 55 / 802


2.1.44 (SSF) - (SSF)

Alcatel SSFParameter Name

Logical Name SSF

Definition This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling PointCode.

Coding rules coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value =0, international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for internationaluse; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for nationaluse

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 12 12



External Comment SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for NetworkIndicator and 2 spare bits.



56 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.45 (T_BTS_EST_CNF) - (T_BTS_EST_CNF)

Alcatel T_BTS_EST_CNFParameter Name

Logical Name T_BTS_EST_CNF

Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 4






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 57 / 802


2.1.46 (T_BTS_RLS_CNF) - (T_BTS_RLS_CNF)

Alcatel T_BTS_RLS_CNFParameter Name

Logical Name T_BTS_RLS_CNF

Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 4






58 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.47 (T_CBC_READY) - (T_CBC_READY)

Alcatel T_CBC_READYParameter Name

Logical Name T_CBC_READY

Definition Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connectto the CBC before issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp.

Coding rules step size: 1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT


Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 10 600 300






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 59 / 802


2.1.48 (T_COUNT_I) - (T_COUNT_I)

Alcatel T_COUNT_IParameter Name

Logical Name T_COUNT_I

Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction toTCU overload.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 50 12






60 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.49 (T_i) - (T_i)

Alcatel T_iParameter Name

Logical Name T_i

Definition Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Resetprocedure.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 10 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 61 / 802


2.1.50 (T_LB_OV) - (T_LB_OV)

Alcatel T_LB_OVParameter Name

Logical Name T_LB_OV

Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reactionto FU overload.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.1 25.5 10






62 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.51 (T_OVL_MSC) - (T_OVL_MSC)

Alcatel T_OVL_MSCParameter Name

Logical Name T_OVL_MSC

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messagessent to the MSC.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.1 6553.5 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 63 / 802


2.1.52 (T_RCR_ACK) - (T_RCR_ACK)

Alcatel T_RCR_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name T_RCR_ACK

Definition Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 5






64 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.53 (T_SMSCB_RESP) - (T_SMSCB_RESP)

Alcatel T_SMSCB_RESPParameter Name

Logical Name T_SMSCB_RESP

Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 1 10 2



External Comment Recommendation for customising this value at migration time: TakeB6.2 value of T_SMSCB_READY.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 65 / 802


2.1.54 (T1_0858) - (T1_0858)

Alcatel T1_0858Parameter Name

Logical Name T1_0858

Definition Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS,a new OVERLOAD is ignored.


Mandatory rules T1_0858 < T2_0858



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 3 6553.5 30






66 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.55 (T2_0858) - (T2_0858)

Alcatel T2_0858Parameter Name

Logical Name T2_0858

Definition Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the casewhere the BTS stops sending OVERLOAD.


Mandatory rules T2_0858 > T1_0858



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 3 6553.5 50






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 67 / 802


2.1.56 (T9101) - (T9101)

Alcatel T9101Parameter Name

Logical Name T9101

Definition Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 10






68 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.57 (T9103) - (T9103)


Logical Name T9103

Definition Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 69 / 802


2.1.58 (T9108) - (T9108)


Logical Name T9108

Definition Supervision of the Physical Context procedure.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 3






70 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.59 (T9110) - (T9110)


Logical Name T9110

Definition Guards the response of the MSC when no resources areallocated to the SCCP connection (started on the receptionof CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVERREQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUESTmessage is received on the same SCCP connection as theSCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSCwhen a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE messagehas been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEARCOMMAND message is received).


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. Due to implementation of SCCPreassembly procedure in B7.2, the value of T9110 should beincreased of at least 10 sec compared to B6.2.


Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 20


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 71 / 802


2.1.60 (TCH_INFO_PERIOD) - (TCH_INFO_PERIOD)

Alcatel TCH_INFO_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name TCH_INFO_PERIOD

Definition Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC.

Coding rules stepsize = 0.1

Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


sec 2 25.5 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control




72 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.61 (THR_LB_OV) - (THR_LB_OV)

Alcatel THR_LB_OVParameter Name

Logical Name THR_LB_OV

Definition Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSCupon FU overload.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 50 10






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 73 / 802


2.1.62 (THRESHOLD_1_0) - (THRESHOLD_1_0)

Alcatel THRESHOLD_1_0Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_0

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and“overload level 1” condition when pointer P points at position 0.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_0 ≥ THRESHOLD_2_0



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 25






74 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 28






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 75 / 802






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 55






76 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 31






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 77 / 802






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 34






78 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 37






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 79 / 802






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 40






80 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 43






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 81 / 802






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 46






82 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 49






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 83 / 802






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 52






84 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and“overload level 2” condition when pointer P points at position 0.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_0 ≤ THRESHOLD_1_0



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 22






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 85 / 802






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 25






86 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 52






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 87 / 802






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 28






88 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 31






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 89 / 802






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 34






90 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 37






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 91 / 802






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 40






92 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 43






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 93 / 802






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 46






94 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –




Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 49






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 95 / 802


2.1.84 (TL_TCUA) - (TL_TCUA)

Alcatel TL_TCUAParameter Name

Logical Name TL_TCUA

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby thelocal overload controller.


Mandatory rules TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.1 50 20






96 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.85 (TL1) - (TL1)

Alcatel TL1Parameter Name

Logical Name TL1

Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer Pon buffer occupancy thresholds.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules TL1 < TL2



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 70






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 97 / 802


2.1.86 (TL2) - (TL2)


Logical Name TL2

Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer Pon buffer occupancy thresholds.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules TL3 > TL4



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 85






98 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.87 (TL3) - (TL3)


Logical Name TL3

Definition Threshold on TCU processor occupancy for transition from high loadstatus to low load status.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules TL3 < TL4



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 75






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 99 / 802


2.1.88 (TL4) - (TL4)


Logical Name TL4

Definition Threshold on TCU processor occupancy for transition from low loadstatus to high load status.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules TL4 > TL3



Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 95






100 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.1.89 (TRG_SDCCH) - (TRG_SDCCH)

Alcatel TRG_SDCCHParameter Name

Logical Name TRG_SDCCH

Definition Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCHoverload.

Coding rules 1 for TCU, 0 for others

Mandatory rules –



Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC proc


None 0 1 1



External Comment This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0for other BSC processors



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 101 / 802


2.1.90 (TS_TCUA) - (TS_TCUA)

Alcatel TS_TCUAParameter Name

Logical Name TS_TCUA

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by thelocal overload controller.


Mandatory rules TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA



Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.1 50 10






2.2 Site (CAE)

102 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.1 (A_LEV_HO) - (A_LEV_HO)

Alcatel A_LEV_HOParameter Name

Logical Name A_LEV_HO

Definition Window size for level averages for handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32

Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 31 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size


Single 8

Umbrella 8

Concentric 8

Concentric Umbrella 8

Microcell 4

Minicell 8

Extended inner cell 8

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 8


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 103 / 802


2.2.2 (A_LEV_MCHO) - (A_LEV_MCHO)

Alcatel A_LEV_MCHOParameter Name

Logical Name A_LEV_MCHO

Definition Window size for level averages for microcell handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 15 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters /Lower Layer HO Control


Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella N/A

Microcell 2

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A


104 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.3 (A_LEV_PC) - (A_LEV_PC)

Alcatel A_LEV_PCParameter Name

Logical Name A_LEV_PC

Definition Window size for level averages for power control.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32

Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 31 4






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 105 / 802


2.2.4 (A_PBGT_DR) - (A_PBGT_DR)

Alcatel A_PBGT_DRParameter Name

Logical Name A_PBGT_DR

Definition Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 15 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: DIR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry




106 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.5 (A_PBGT_HO) - (A_PBGT_HO)

Alcatel A_PBGT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name A_PBGT_HO

Definition Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averagingcurrent cell levels for power budget calculation.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32

Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 31 16



External Comment should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12in rural area

Single 12

Umbrella 12

Concentric 12


Microcell 6

Minicell 12


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 107 / 802


2.2.6 (A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR) - (A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR)

Alcatel A_QUAL_CA_FR_HRParameter Name

Logical Name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR

Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR ≥ A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 61 61

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM





108 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.7 (A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR) - (A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR)

Alcatel A_QUAL_CA_HR_FRParameter Name

Logical Name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR

Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation.


Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR ≥ A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 61 8






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 109 / 802


2.2.8 (A_QUAL_HO) - (A_QUAL_HO)

Alcatel A_QUAL_HOParameter Name

Logical Name A_QUAL_HO

Definition Window size for quality averages for handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32

Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 31 8




Single 8

Umbrella 8

Concentric 8


Microcell 4

Minicell 8


Cell Type Dependent



110 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.9 (A_QUAL_PC) - (A_QUAL_PC)

Alcatel A_QUAL_PCParameter Name

Logical Name A_QUAL_PC

Definition Window size for quality averages for power control.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32

Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 31 4






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 111 / 802


2.2.10 (A_RANGE_HO) - (A_RANGE_HO)

Alcatel A_RANGE_HOParameter Name

Logical Name A_RANGE_HO

Definition Window size for distance averages.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 31 8






112 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.11 (A_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (A_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

Alcatel A_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Definition Window size for load averages.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 16 12


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3



Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

4 4 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 113 / 802


2.2.12 (AC 0) - (AC_0)

Alcatel AC 0Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_0

Definition Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl




114 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.13 (AC 1) - (AC_1)


Logical Name AC_1



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 115 / 802


2.2.14 (AC 11) - (AC_11)


Logical Name AC_11



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






116 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.15 (AC 12) - (AC_12)


Logical Name AC_12



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 117 / 802


2.2.16 (AC 13) - (AC_13)


Logical Name AC_13



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






118 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.17 (AC 14) - (AC_14)


Logical Name AC_14



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 119 / 802


2.2.18 (AC 15) - (AC_15)


Logical Name AC_15



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






120 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.19 (AC 2) - (AC_2)


Logical Name AC_2



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 121 / 802


2.2.20 (AC 3) - (AC_3)


Logical Name AC_3



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






122 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.21 (AC 4) - (AC_4)


Logical Name AC_4



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 123 / 802


2.2.22 (AC 5) - (AC_5)


Logical Name AC_5



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






124 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.23 (AC 6) - (AC_6)


Logical Name AC_6



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 125 / 802


2.2.24 (AC 7) - (AC_7)


Logical Name AC_7



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






126 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.25 (AC 8) - (AC_8)


Logical Name AC_8



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 127 / 802


2.2.26 (AC 9) - (AC_9)


Logical Name AC_9



Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






128 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.27 (ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM) -(ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM)

Alcatel ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAMParameter Name

Logical Name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM

Definition Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present inSYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4.

Coding rules 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value ofPI and possibly C2 parameters. 1= the value of PI and possibly C2parameters in a SYS INFO TYPE or message 8 are used

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 129 / 802


2.2.28 (Administrative cell Barring) - (CELL_BAR_ACCESS)

Alcatel Administrative cell BarringParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_BAR_ACCESS

Definition This parameter identifies if the cell is barred by the operator for MSinitial access.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Control




130 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.29 (AG_PREMPT_PCH) - (AG_PREMPT_PCH)

Alcatel AG_PREMPT_PCHParameter Name

Logical Name AG_PREMPT_PCH

Definition Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grantmessages when BS_ AG_BLKS_RES = 1.

Coding rules 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled

Mandatory rules if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 0 then the flag is not used (pre-emptionmandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS ) if BS_AG_BLKS_RES= 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed) ifBS_AG_BLKS_RES > 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emptionforbidden).


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Ctrl Channel




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 131 / 802


2.2.30 (ALLOC_ANYWAY) - (ALLOC_ANYWAY)

Alcatel ALLOC_ANYWAYParameter Name

Logical Name ALLOC_ANYWAY

Definition Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on freeresource at expiry of its queuing timer independently of the thresholdNUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control

External Comment only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0



132 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.31 (AMR_FR_HYST) - (AMR_FR_HYST)

Alcatel AMR_FR_HYSTParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_FR_HYST

Definition Hysteresis for AMR FR codec mode adaptation.

Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST +AMR_FR_THR_i ≤ 16dB (with i = 1…3).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 7.5 2



External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_FRis set to TRUE.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 133 / 802


2.2.32 (AMR_FR_SUBSET) - (AMR_FR_SUBSET)

Alcatel AMR_FR_SUBSETParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_FR_SUBSET

Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMRFR calls (1 to 4 codecs).

Coding rules bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1:10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of thesubset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/sis part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75kbit/s is part of the subset

Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (amaximum of 4 bits can be set to 1).


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


None 0 240 164


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR

External Comment Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s,7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s



134 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.33 (AMR_FR_THR_1) - (AMR_FR_THR_1)

Alcatel AMR_FR_THR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name AMR_FR_THR_1

Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between lowestcodec mode and second lowest codec mode.


Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_1 ≤ AMR_FR_THR_2

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST +AMR_FR_THR_1 ≤ 16dB.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 31.5 6.5



External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used ifless than 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only ifEN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 135 / 802





Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between secondlowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode.


Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 ≥ AMR_FR_THR_2 ≥ AMR_FR_THR_1


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 31.5 11.5






136 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between third lowestcodec mode and fourth lowest codec mode.


Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 ≥ AMR_FR_THR_2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 31.5 11.5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 137 / 802


2.2.36 (AMR_HR_HYST) - (AMR_HR_HYST)

Alcatel AMR_HR_HYSTParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_HR_HYST

Definition Hysteresis for AMR HR codec mode adaptation.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST +AMR_HR_THR_i ≤ 16dB (with i = 1…3).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 7.5 2



External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_HR isset to TRUE.



138 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.37 (AMR_HR_SUBSET) - (AMR_HR_SUBSET)

Alcatel AMR_HR_SUBSETParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_HR_SUBSET

Definition Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMRHR calls (1 to 4 codecs).

Coding rules Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset;bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is partof the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (leastsignificant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset;

Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (amaximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). The subset shall not contain only7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not supportedby Alcatel BSS.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


None 0 60 22



External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s).



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 139 / 802


2.2.38 (AMR_HR_THR_1) - (AMR_HR_THR_1)

Alcatel AMR_HR_THR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name AMR_HR_THR_1

Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between lowestcodec mode and second lowest codec mode.


Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_1 ≤ AMR_HR_THR_2

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST +AMR_HR_THR_1 ≤ 16dB.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 31.5 11



External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used ifless than 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only ifEN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.



140 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between secondlowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode.


Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 ≥ AMR_HR_THR_2 ≥ AMR_HR_THR_1


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 31.5 12.5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 141 / 802





Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between third lowestcodec mode and fourth lowest codec mode.


Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 ≥ AMR_HR_THR_2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 31.5 12.5






142 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.41 (AMR_START_MODE_FR) - (AMR_START_MODE_FR)

Alcatel AMR_START_MODE_FRParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_START_MODE_FR

Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a FR AMR call, untilcodec mode adaptation is started by the BTS.

Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec modeof the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subsetcontains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode(used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highestcodec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes)

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


None 0 4 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS





3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 143 / 802


2.2.42 (AMR_START_MODE_HR) - (AMR_START_MODE_HR)

Alcatel AMR_START_MODE_HRParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_START_MODE_HR

Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a HR AMR call, untilcodec mode adaptation is started by the BTS.

Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec modeof the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subsetcontains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode(used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highestcodec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes)

Mandatory rules If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), thechosen codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s.

Recommended rules Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR HR should beavoided.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


None 0 4 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC &SC RNO Changes: BSS





144 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.43 (AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD) - (EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR)

Alcatel AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOADParameter Name

Logical Name EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR

Definition This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring uponBTS/BSC overload.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 1


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 145 / 802


2.2.44 (AUTO_BAR_CELL) - (AUT_BAR)

Alcatel AUTO_BAR_CELLParameter Name

Logical Name AUT_BAR

Definition This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






146 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.45 (AUTO_BAR_EC) - (EC_BAR)

Alcatel AUTO_BAR_ECParameter Name

Logical Name EC_BAR

Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 147 / 802


2.2.46 (Automatic AC barring on TCH load) - (EN_LOAD_MNGT)

Alcatel Automatic AC barring on TCHload

Parameter Name

Logical Name EN_LOAD_MNGT

Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes onTCH load criterion.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






148 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.47 (B_NUM) - (B_NUM)

Alcatel B_NUMParameter Name

Logical Name B_NUM

Definition Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 35 5



External Comment Default value depends on MSC type.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 149 / 802


2.2.48 (BCC) - (BCC (BSC))

Alcatel BCCParameter Name

Logical Name BCC (BSC)

Definition BTS colour code of the cell.

Coding rules coded over 3 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.



150 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.49 (BCC) - (BCC (MFS))


Logical Name BCC (MFS)

Definition BTS colour code of the cell.


Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No





3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 151 / 802


2.2.50 (BCC) - (BCC (n))


Logical Name BCC (n)

Definition BTS colour code of the adjacent cell.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


None 0 7 0


Parameter Access Edit External Cell / Circuit 1/2




152 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.51 (BCCH_ARFCN) - (BCCH_ARFCN(n))

Alcatel BCCH_ARFCNParameter Name

Logical Name BCCH_ARFCN(n)

Definition Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of theadjacent cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = “EGSM” or“EGSM-DCS1800”, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 bandshall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cellsexternal to the OMC.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


None 0 1023 None


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited to TCHs.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 153 / 802


2.2.52 (BCCH_EXT) - (BCCH_EXT)

Alcatel BCCH_EXTParameter Name

Logical Name BCCH_EXT

Definition This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH.

Coding rules 0: false, 1:true

Mandatory rules BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is anon-Evolium one when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true.

Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLYrecommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequencybands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






154 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.53 (BS_AG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC))

Alcatel BS_AG_BLKS_RESParameter Name

Logical Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC)

Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel(AGCH).

Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)

Mandatory rules BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) fora given cell when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell,BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 ForCCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 155 / 802


2.2.54 (BS_P_CON_ACK) - (BS_P_CON_ACK)

Alcatel BS_P_CON_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name BS_P_CON_ACK

Definition Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure.

Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


2 x Samfr 0 31 3


Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control


Single 3

Umbrella 3

Concentric 3


Microcell 2

Minicell 3


Cell Type Dependent



156 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.55 (BS_P_CON_INT) - (BS_P_CON_INT)

Alcatel BS_P_CON_INTParameter Name

Logical Name BS_P_CON_INT

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


2 x Samfr 0 31 1




Single 1

Umbrella 1

Concentric 1


Microcell 0

Minicell 1


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 157 / 802


2.2.56 (BS_PA_MFRMS) - (BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC))

Alcatel BS_PA_MFRMSParameter Name

Logical Name BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC)

Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrencesof a Paging Group.

Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9)

Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 2 9 5



External Comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumptionis.



158 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.57 (BS_TXPWR_MAX) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC))

Alcatel BS_TXPWR_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)

Definition BTS maximum allowed transmission power.

Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB

Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MAX ≥ BS_TXPWR_MIN Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX(MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -30 0 0



External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively tothe BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardwarelimitation).



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 159 / 802


2.2.58 (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC))

Alcatel BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNERParameter Name

Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER(BSC)

Definition BTS maximum allowed transmission power used for the TRX of theinner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell.


Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) andBS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER ≥ BS_TXPWR_MIN


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -30 0 0



External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively tothe BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardwarelimitation). Default value depends on configuration. The valueindicated here is for implementation purposes.

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric #

Concentric Umbrella #

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



160 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.59 (BS_TXPWR_MIN) - (BS_TXPWR_MIN)

Alcatel BS_TXPWR_MINParameter Name

Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MIN

Definition BTS minimum allowed transmission power.


Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MIN ≤ BS_TXPWR_MAX BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER ≥BS_TXPWR_MIN


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -30 0 -24






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 161 / 802


2.2.60 (BSC Primary X25 Address) - (BSC_X25_primary_address)

Alcatel BSC Primary X25 AddressParameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address

Definition BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem OMC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 *

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.



162 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.61 (BSC Primary X25 Address [1]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1])

Alcatel BSC Primary X25 Address [1]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1]

Definition First character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character



Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 163 / 802


2.2.62 (BSC Primary X25 Address [10]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i[10])


Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i[10]

Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






164 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 165 / 802





Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






166 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 167 / 802





Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






168 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 169 / 802





Definition Second character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






170 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Third character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 171 / 802





Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






172 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 173 / 802





Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






174 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 175 / 802





Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






176 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 177 / 802


2.2.76 (BSC Secondary X25 Address) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address)

Alcatel BSC Secondary X25 AddressParameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address

Definition BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem OMC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 *






178 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.77 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1])

Alcatel BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i[1]

Definition First character of BSC X25 secondary address.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 179 / 802



Alcatel BSC Secondary X25 Address[10]

Parameter Name


Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






180 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07




Parameter Name


Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 181 / 802




Parameter Name


Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






182 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07




Parameter Name


Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 183 / 802




Parameter Name


Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






184 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07




Parameter Name


Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 185 / 802





Definition Second character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






186 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Third character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 187 / 802





Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






188 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 189 / 802





Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






190 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 191 / 802





Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






192 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07





Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 193 / 802


2.2.92 (BSC Signalling Point Code) - (OPC)

Alcatel BSC Signalling Point CodeParameter Name

Logical Name OPC

Definition Signalling Point Code of the BSC.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 16383 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access BSS parameters / A interface info

External Comment Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing theBSC. Default value depends on configuration. The value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.



194 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.93 (BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND) - (BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND)

Alcatel BSC_EN_RF_RES_INDParameter Name

Logical Name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND

Definition Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing bythe BSC.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: SEL





3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 195 / 802


2.2.94 (BSIC) - (BSIC (GSM))

Alcatel BSICParameter Name

Logical Name BSIC (GSM)

Definition Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Abstract

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None # # #


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description




196 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.95 (BTS_Queue_Length) - (BTS_Q_LENGTH)

Alcatel BTS_Queue_LengthParameter Name

Logical Name BTS_Q_LENGTH

Definition Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requeststhat can be queued simultaneously.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 64 3





Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

4 4 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 197 / 802


2.2.96 (CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT) - (RE)

Alcatel CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENTParameter Name

Logical Name RE

Definition This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in thecell.

Coding rules 0: allowed, 1: not allowed

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






198 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.97 (Call_User_Data_Selector) - (Call_user_data_sel)

Alcatel Call_User_Data_SelectorParameter Name

Logical Name Call_user_data_sel

Definition Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection.

Coding rules 0 to 16 bytes string

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 0


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here isfor implementation purposes. Each byte of the string can get a valuein the range [0..255].



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 199 / 802


2.2.98 (Candidate cell priority) - (PRIORITY(0,n))

Alcatel Candidate cell priorityParameter Name

Logical Name PRIORITY(0,n)

Definition Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process.

Coding rules 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj


None 0 5 0






200 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.99 (CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) -(CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION)

Alcatel CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITIONParameter Name

Logical Name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the servingcell to trigger a “general capture” handover.

Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 2 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO ctrl




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 201 / 802


2.2.100 (CBC Primary X25 Address) - (CBC_X25_primary_address)

Alcatel CBC Primary X25 AddressParameter Name

Logical Name CBC_X25_primary_address

Definition CBC X25 primary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: changeable RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN management/Modify Peer Entities




202 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.101 (CBC Secondary X25 Address) - (CBC_X25_secondary_address)

Alcatel CBC Secondary X25 AddressParameter Name

Logical Name CBC_X25_secondary_address

Definition CBC X25 secondary address.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: changeable RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN management/Modify Peer Entities




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 203 / 802


2.2.102 (CBC_Operator) - (Operator)

Alcatel CBC_OperatorParameter Name

Logical Name Operator

Definition Identifies the CBC operator.

Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by theOMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding ofOMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded spacecharacters from the retrieved BSC value.



Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 32






204 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.103 (CBC_Password) - (Password)

Alcatel CBC_PasswordParameter Name

Logical Name Password

Definition CBC password.

Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by theOMC on the OMC/BSC interface. BSC performs the padding of OMCstring with space characters on the right side of the string until 20bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded spacecharacters from the retrieved BSC value.



Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 32






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 205 / 802


2.2.104 (CBC_Window) - (CBC_window)

Alcatel CBC_WindowParameter Name

Logical Name CBC_window

Definition Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBCinterface for both incoming and outgoing primitives.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled shall be setto "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 3 1



External Comment Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. IfSMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3.



206 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.105 (CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD) - (RACHRT)

Alcatel CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name RACHRT

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOADINDICATION messages.

Coding rules step size=1 (51mfr)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


51mfr 1 255 255

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG





3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 207 / 802


2.2.106 (CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PER) - (RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER)

Alcatel CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERParameter Name

Logical Name RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER

Definition Period over which CCCH load measurements are made.

Coding rules step size=1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


51mfr 1 255 32






208 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.107 (cell Identity (CI)) - (CI (BSC))

Alcatel cell Identity (CI)Parameter Name

Logical Name CI (BSC)

Definition Cell Identity.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI(MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 65535 65535


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description ( + Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 209 / 802


2.2.108 (Cell Type) - (Cell_Type)

Alcatel Cell TypeParameter Name

Logical Name Cell_Type

Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE,CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE. Used for cell defaultparameter template.

Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), UmbrellaConcentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7),Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), IndoorConcentric(11)

Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled whenCELL_TYPE is equal to “Extended inner” or “Extended outer”. Acouple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall havethe same LAC.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Abstract

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell


None * * #

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes:SEL/PAG/RRM/HPC/HOC/DIR/GPR

Parameter Access Create Cell(+ External OMC cell information)

External Comment *: possible values are: - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric -Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric (labelled "Micro Multiband" on theHMI) - Mini Concentric (labelled "Mini Multiband" on the HMI) -Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) -Extended Inner - Extended Outer



210 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.109 (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY) - (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY)

Alcatel CELL_BAR_QUALIFYParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY

Definition Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection.

Coding rules 0: normal priority, 1: low priority

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Control




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 211 / 802


2.2.110 (CELL_EVALUATION) - (CELL_EV)

Alcatel CELL_EVALUATIONParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_EV

Definition Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell.

Coding rules 0: Order, 1: Grade

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control


Single grade (1)

Umbrella grade (1)

Concentric grade (1)

Concentric Umbrella grade (1)

Microcell order (0)

Minicell grade (1)

Extended inner cell grade (1)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell grade (1)


212 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.111 (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) -(CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS)

Alcatel CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESISParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in adifferent location area or, for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area,or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state.

Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB)

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 14 6






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 213 / 802


2.2.112 (cell_RESELECT_OFFSET) - (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET)

Alcatel cell_RESELECT_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET

Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion.

Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB)

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 126 0






214 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.113 (CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND) -(CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND)

Alcatel CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_INDParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND

Definition Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion arebroadcast.

Coding rules 0: not present, 1: present

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 215 / 802


2.2.114 (Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1) - (BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1))

Alcatel Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1Parameter Name

Logical Name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1)

Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.

Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to anencryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.

Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for twodifferent priorities


Category Site (CAE)

Type List of numbers

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 2 1


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Ciphering




216 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.115 (Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2) - (BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2))

Alcatel Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2Parameter Name

Logical Name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2)

Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.

Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to anencryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.

Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for twodifferent priorities


Category Site (CAE)


SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 2 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 217 / 802


2.2.116 (ciphering capabilities) - (BTS_CIPH_CAP)

Alcatel ciphering capabilitiesParameter Name

Logical Name BTS_CIPH_CAP

Definition List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities.

Coding rules Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if correspondingencryption algorithm is supported. bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 :A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not supported.bit x =1: encryption supported

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BTS


None 0 255 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(EML) RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Create/Modify/Copy/Move BTS / Additional information




218 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.117 (Circuit Identity Code) - (CIC)

Alcatel Circuit Identity CodeParameter Name

Logical Name CIC

Definition Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit.

Coding rules Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits =TS number

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance A ch


None 0 65535 65535

Modifiable OMC Changes: displayed(EML) RNO Changes: No





3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 219 / 802


2.2.118 (DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN) - (DELTA_DEC_HO_margin)

Alcatel DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGINParameter Name

Logical Name DELTA_DEC_HO_margin

Definition Correction factor favouring handover cause “Power budget” whentraffic is high in the serving cell and low in neighbour cell(s).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 24 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level


Single 5 dB (5)

Umbrella 5 dB (5)

Concentric 5 dB (5)

Concentric Umbrella 5 dB (5)

Microcell 4 dB (4)

Minicell 5 dB (5)

Extended inner cell 5 dB (5)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 5 dB (5)


220 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.119 (DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN) - (DELTA_INC_HO_margin)

Alcatel DELTA_INC_HO_MARGINParameter Name

Logical Name DELTA_INC_HO_margin

Definition Correction factor penalizing handover cause “Power budget” whentraffic is low in the serving cell and high in neighbour cell(s).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 24 0




Single 5 dB (5)

Umbrella 5 dB (5)

Concentric 5 dB (5)


Microcell 4 dB (4)

Minicell 5 dB (5)


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 221 / 802


2.2.120 (Directed_Retry) - (EN_DR)

Alcatel Directed_RetryParameter Name

Logical Name EN_DR

Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: DIR





222 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.121 (Downlink DTX) - (DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE)

Alcatel Downlink DTXParameter Name

Logical Name DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE

Definition This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls.

Coding rules 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 223 / 802


2.2.122 (DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR)

Alcatel DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FRParameter Name

Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR

Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR FRspeech calls.

Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






224 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.123 (DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR)

Alcatel DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HRParameter Name

Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR

Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR HRspeech calls.

Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 225 / 802


2.2.124 (DOWNLINK_DTX_HR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_HR)

Alcatel DOWNLINK_DTX_HRParameter Name

Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_HR

Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speechcalls.

Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






226 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.125 (DTX_FR_INDICATOR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_FR)

Alcatel DTX_FR_INDICATORParameter Name

Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_FR

Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Appliesfor all codecs types except AMR.

Coding rules coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX forFR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR

Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR /DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shallnot, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shalland shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is:DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may,I.e. shall not/may.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell


None 0 2 2


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 227 / 802


2.2.126 (DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR)

Alcatel DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR

Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only forAMR FR.

Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR,2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR FR

Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR /DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR):may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not,shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combinationthat is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not andDTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell


None 0 2 2






228 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.127 (DTX_HR_INDICATOR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_HR)

Alcatel DTX_HR_INDICATORParameter Name

Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_HR

Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for allcodecs types except AMR.

Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MSshall not use DTX for HR

Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR /DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shallnot, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shalland shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is:DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may,I.e. shall not/may.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell


None 0 2 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 229 / 802


2.2.128 (DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR)

Alcatel DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR

Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only forAMR HR.

Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR,2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR HR

Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR /DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR):may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not,shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combinationthat is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not andDTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell


None 0 2 2






230 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.129 (DWELL_TIME_STEP) - (DWELL_TIME_STEP)

Alcatel DWELL_TIME_STEPParameter Name

Logical Name DWELL_TIME_STEP

Definition Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) ofMIN_DWELL_TIME.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


sec 0 30 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 231 / 802


2.2.130 (EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE) - (EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE)

Alcatel EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSEParameter Name

Logical Name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE

Definition This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENTFAILURE sent in case of External Directed Retry.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 127 13


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type



232 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.131 (EDR_MSG_ORDER) - (EDR_MSG_ORDER)

Alcatel EDR_MSG_ORDERParameter Name

Logical Name EDR_MSG_ORDER

Definition This parameter determines the order of transmission ofASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED on the Ainterface in case of an External Directed Retry.

Coding rules 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 233 / 802


2.2.132 (EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED) - (EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED)

Alcatel EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINEDParameter Name

Logical Name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED

Definition This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintainedin queue during External Directed Retry attempt.

Coding rules 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






234 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.133 (EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL) - (EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL)

Alcatel EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAILParameter Name

Logical Name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL

Definition This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to theMSC in case of External Directed Retry.

Coding rules 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 235 / 802


2.2.134 (EFR_ENABLED) - (EFR_ENABLED)

Alcatel EFR_ENABLEDParameter Name

Logical Name EFR_ENABLED

Definition This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR)is allowed in the cell.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






236 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.135 (EMERGENCY_CALL) - (EC)

Alcatel EMERGENCY_CALLParameter Name

Logical Name EC

Definition Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes oronly for access classes 11 to 15.

Coding rules 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 237 / 802


2.2.136 (EN_AMR_CA) - (EN_AMR_CA)

Alcatel EN_AMR_CAParameter Name

Logical Name EN_AMR_CA

Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation(Handover Causes 26 and 27).


Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 ANDEN_AMR_HR=1}


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






238 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.137 (EN_AMR_FR) - (EN_AMR_FR)

Alcatel EN_AMR_FRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_AMR_FR

Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR full rate is allowed in the cell.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 239 / 802


2.2.138 (EN_AMR_HR) - (EN_AMR_HR)

Alcatel EN_AMR_HRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_AMR_HR

Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR half rate is allowed in the cell.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






240 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.139 (EN_BALANCED_CI) - (EN_BALANCED_CI)

Alcatel EN_BALANCED_CIParameter Name

Logical Name EN_BALANCED_CI

Definition This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure.

Coding rules 0:disable, 1: enable

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X / Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 241 / 802


2.2.140 (EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO) - (EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO)

Alcatel EN_BETTER_ZONE_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “too high level in outerzone” handover cause (cause 13).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric enable (1)

Concentric Umbrella enable (1)

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



242 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.141 (EN_Bi-BAND_MS) - (EN_BI-BAND_MS(n))

Alcatel EN_Bi-BAND_MSParameter Name

Logical Name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)

Definition This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSsfrom the preferred band.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control (+ Edit Externalcell / circuit1/2)




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 243 / 802


2.2.142 (EN_BS_PC) - (EN_BS_PC)

Alcatel EN_BS_PCParameter Name

Logical Name EN_BS_PC

Definition This flag enables/disables BS Power Control.

Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






244 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.143 (EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP) - (EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP)

Alcatel EN_CIRCUIT_GROUPParameter Name

Logical Name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP

Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 245 / 802


2.2.144 (EN_DIST_HO) - (EN_DIST_HO)

Alcatel EN_DIST_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_DIST_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “distance” handovercause (cause 6).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance


Single enable (1)

Umbrella enable (1)



Microcell disable (0)

Minicell enable (1)

Extended inner cell enable (1)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell enable (1)


246 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.145 (EN_EDR) - (EN_EXT_DR)

Alcatel EN_EDRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_EXT_DR

Definition This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retryprocedure.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT isset to enable.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 1



External Comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whetheror not the external target cells (towards which the directed retryis triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to setRESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a HandoverReject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congestedand thus to attempt other procedures.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 247 / 802


2.2.146 (EN_EXT_MEAS_REP) - (EN_EXT_MEAS_REP)

Alcatel EN_EXT_MEAS_REPParameter Name

Logical Name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP

Definition This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting forMobile Assisted Frequency Allocation.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA




248 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.147 (EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO) - (EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO)

Alcatel EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 249 / 802


2.2.148 (EN_FORCED_DR) - (EN_FORCED_DR)

Alcatel EN_FORCED_DRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_FORCED_DR

Definition This flag enables/disables the “Forced Directed Retry” handovercause detection.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






250 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.149 (EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO) - (EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO)

Alcatel EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “general capture”handover cause (cause 24).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and Multiband HO ctrl




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 251 / 802


2.2.150 (EN_IMM_ASS_REJ) - (EN_IM_ASS_REJ)

Alcatel EN_IMM_ASS_REJParameter Name

Logical Name EN_IM_ASS_REJ

Definition This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedureis enabled.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: BSS





252 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.151 (EN_INCOMING_HO) - (EN_IC_HO)

Alcatel EN_INCOMING_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_IC_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 253 / 802


2.2.152 (EN_INTERBAND_HO) - (EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH)

Alcatel EN_INTERBAND_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH

Definition This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering thesending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






254 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.153 (EN_INTRA_DL) - (EN_INTRA_DL)

Alcatel EN_INTRA_DLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTRA_DL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell downlink”handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR calls.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 255 / 802


2.2.154 (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR) - (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR)

Alcatel EN_INTRA_DL_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell downlink”handover cause (cause 16) for AMR calls.

Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover whenfrequency hopping is applied

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






256 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.155 (EN_INTRA_UL) - (EN_INTRA_UL)

Alcatel EN_INTRA_ULParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTRA_UL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell uplink” handovercause (cause 15) for non AMR calls.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 257 / 802


2.2.156 (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR) - (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR)

Alcatel EN_INTRA_UL_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell uplink” handovercause (cause 15) for AMR calls.

Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover whenfrequency hopping is applied

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






258 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.157 (EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED) - (EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED)

Alcatel EN_INTRACELL_REPEATEDParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED

Definition This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handoverattempts.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 259 / 802


2.2.158 (EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE) - (EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE)

Alcatel EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPEParameter Name

Logical Name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE

Definition This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec"algorithm for TFO.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






260 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.159 (EN_LOAD_BALANCE) - (EN_LOAD_BALANCE)

Alcatel EN_LOAD_BALANCEParameter Name

Logical Name EN_LOAD_BALANCE

Definition Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner andouter zone of a multiband cell.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both"Enabled".

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell /HO Parameters / Hierarchical & Multiband HO Control

External Comment EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HOis enabled

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric disable (0)

Concentric Umbrella disable (0)

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 261 / 802


2.2.160 (EN_LOAD_EGSM) - (EN_LOAD_EGSM)

Alcatel EN_LOAD_EGSMParameter Name

Logical Name EN_LOAD_EGSM

Definition Allows to take into account TCH resources of G1 TRXs for loadevaluation.

Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 toFREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered inthe load computation.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit BSC / General timers and procedures

External Comment This parameter is only significant if there is at least one G1 TRXin the cell.



262 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.161 (EN_LOAD_ORDER) - (EN_LOAD_ORDER)

Alcatel EN_LOAD_ORDERParameter Name

Logical Name EN_LOAD_ORDER

Definition This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken intoaccount when setting up the list of target cells.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 263 / 802


2.2.162 (EN_MA_SELECTION) - (EN_MA_SELECTION)

Alcatel EN_MA_SELECTIONParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MA_SELECTION

Definition This flag enables/disables channel selection according to MobileAllocation criterion.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






264 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.163 (EN_MCHO_H_DL) - (EN_MCHO_H_DL)

Alcatel EN_MCHO_H_DLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MCHO_H_DL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level downlink micro-cell”handover cause (cause 18).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control


Single disable (0) *

Umbrella disable (0) *

Concentric disable (0) *

Concentric Umbrella disable (0) *

Microcell enable (1)

Minicell disable (0) *

Extended inner cell disable (0) *

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell disable (0) *


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 265 / 802


2.2.164 (EN_MCHO_H_UL) - (EN_MCHO_H_UL)

Alcatel EN_MCHO_H_ULParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MCHO_H_UL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level uplink mirco-cell ”handover cause (cause 17).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Lower Layer HO Control









Cell Type Dependent



266 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.165 (EN_MCHO_NCELL) - (EN_MCHO_NCELL)

Alcatel EN_MCHO_NCELLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MCHO_NCELL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “high level in neighbourmicro-cell” handover cause (cause 14).


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoorlayer.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl



Umbrella enable (1)




Minicell disable (0)


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 267 / 802


2.2.166 (EN_MCHO_RESCUE) - (EN_MCHO_RESCUE)

Alcatel EN_MCHO_RESCUEParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MCHO_RESCUE

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “consecutive bad SACCHframes” handover cause (cause 7).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0











Cell Type Dependent



268 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.167 (EN_MS_PC) - (EN_MS_PC)

Alcatel EN_MS_PCParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MS_PC

Definition This flag enables/disables MS Power Control.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 269 / 802


2.2.168 (EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO) - (EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO)

Alcatel EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12between different band cells.

Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






270 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.169 (EN_PBGT_FILTERING) - (EN_PBGT_FILTERING)

Alcatel EN_PBGT_FILTERINGParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PBGT_FILTERING

Definition This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells onHO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1




Single enable (1)

Umbrella enable (1)




Minicell enable (1)

Extended inner cell disable (0)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell disable (0)


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 271 / 802


2.2.170 (EN_PBGT_HO) - (EN_PBGT_HO)

Alcatel EN_PBGT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PBGT_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “power budget” handovercause (cause 12).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






272 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.171 (EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO) - (EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO)

Alcatel EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (highlevel in neighbour cell in the preferred band).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 273 / 802


2.2.172 (EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING) - (EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING)

Alcatel EN_PRIORITY_ORDERINGParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING

Definition This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n)in the candidate cell evaluation process.

Coding rules 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken intoaccount

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






274 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.173 (EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA) - (EN_RESCUE_UM)

Alcatel EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLAParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RESCUE_UM

Definition This flag determines if emergency handovers are directedpreferentially to umbrella cells.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 2 1




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A





Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 275 / 802


2.2.174 (EN_RXLEV_DL) - (EN_RXLEV_DL)

Alcatel EN_RXLEV_DLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RXLEV_DL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level downlink” handovercause (cause 5).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






276 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.175 (EN_RXLEV_UL) - (EN_RXLEV_UL)

Alcatel EN_RXLEV_ULParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RXLEV_UL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level uplink” handovercause (cause 3).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 277 / 802


2.2.176 (EN_RXQUAL_DL) - (EN_RXQUAL_DL)

Alcatel EN_RXQUAL_DLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RXQUAL_DL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “quality downlink”handover cause (cause 4).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






278 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.177 (EN_RXQUAL_UL) - (EN_RXQUAL_UL)

Alcatel EN_RXQUAL_ULParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RXQUAL_UL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “quality uplink” handovercause (cause 2).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 279 / 802


2.2.178 (EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE) - (EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE)

Alcatel EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODEParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE

Definition This flag controls “Current channel” OIE inclusion in HANDOVERREQUIRED.

Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






280 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.179 (EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER) - (EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER)

Alcatel EN_SEND_SPEECH_VERParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER

Definition This flag controls “Speech version (used)” OIE inclusion inHANDOVER REQUIRED.

Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 281 / 802


2.2.180 (EN_SOLSA) - (EN_SOLSA)

Alcatel EN_SOLSAParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SOLSA

Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.


Mandatory rules May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






282 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.181 (EN_SOLSA) - (EN_SOLSA(n))

Alcatel EN_SOLSAParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SOLSA(n)

Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit External Cell / Circuit 2/2

External Comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configurethe value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameteris autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is anOMC internal cell.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 283 / 802


2.2.182 (EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION) - (EN_SPEED_DISC)

Alcatel EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATIONParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SPEED_DISC

Definition This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1





Umbrella disable (0)


Concentric Umbrella disable (0)




Cell Type Dependent



284 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.183 (EN_TCH_PREEMPT) - (EN_TCH_PREEMPT)

Alcatel EN_TCH_PREEMPTParameter Name

Logical Name EN_TCH_PREEMPT

Definition This flag enables/disables the TCH pre-emption feature. If enabled,a call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set mightbe pre-empted for a call that has the pci (pre-emption capabilityindication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state.

Coding rules 0:disabled, 1:enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT isset to enable.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Gen. Timers & Proc.

External Comment In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergencyhandovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, theBSC will first try to use one of these TCHs before actually releasingan ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set. In case thecell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSCdoes not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming requestwith pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forcedseconds for a normal assignment or during at most T_qho secondsfor an handover request.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 285 / 802


2.2.184 (EN_TFO) - (EN_TFO)

Alcatel EN_TFOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_TFO

Definition This flag enables/ disables TFO function.


Mandatory rules May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_MATCH = 0


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






286 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.185 (EN_TFO_MATCH) - (EN_TFO_MATCH)

Alcatel EN_TFO_MATCHParameter Name

Logical Name EN_TFO_MATCH

Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function.


Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1 May be set to 0 only ifEN_TFO_OPT = 0


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 287 / 802


2.2.186 (EN_TFO_OPT) - (EN_TFO_OPT)

Alcatel EN_TFO_OPTParameter Name

Logical Name EN_TFO_OPT

Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function.


Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






288 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.187 (EN_TRAFFIC_HO) - (EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n))

Alcatel EN_TRAFFIC_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “traffic” handover cause(cause 23).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 289 / 802


2.2.188 (EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT) - (EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT)

Alcatel EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUITParameter Name

Logical Name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT

Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUITmessage.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






290 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.189 (EXT_HO_FORCED) - (EXT_HO_FORCED)

Alcatel EXT_HO_FORCEDParameter Name

Logical Name EXT_HO_FORCED

Definition This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executedas external HO.

Coding rules 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 291 / 802


2.2.190 (Extended CBCH) - (Use_of_Extended_CBCH)

Alcatel Extended CBCHParameter Name

Logical Name Use_of_Extended_CBCH

Definition This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used.

Coding rules 0: not used, 1: used

Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can bechanged only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB

External Comment Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. IfSMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH shouldbe set to "Yes".



292 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.191 (FORBID_AMR_NS) - (FORBID_AMR_NS)

Alcatel FORBID_AMR_NSParameter Name

Logical Name FORBID_AMR_NS

Definition Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS.

Coding rules 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


None 0 1 0



External Comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR or EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 293 / 802


2.2.192 (FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F) - (FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F)

Alcatel FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_FParameter Name

Logical Name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F

Definition Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX.

Coding rules 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL onnon-hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General timers and procedures




294 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.193 (Force TFO versus AMR) - (FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR)

Alcatel Force TFO versus AMRParameter Name

Logical Name FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR

Definition Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation(TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when thecurrent codec is AMR FR or AMR HR.

Coding rules 0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFOnegotiation will start even if AMR used)

Mandatory rules FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0



External Comment FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR(EN_AMR_HR = 1)



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 295 / 802


2.2.194 (Forced_Queuing) - (QUEUE_ANYWAY)

Alcatel Forced_QueuingParameter Name

Logical Name QUEUE_ANYWAY

Definition This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requestswhen queuing is not allowed by the MSC.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






296 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.195 (Forward_CM_3) - (EN_SEND_CM3)

Alcatel Forward_CM_3Parameter Name

Logical Name EN_SEND_CM3

Definition This flag enables/disables sending of “Classmark 3” IE to the MSC.

Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled

Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 atthe same time.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 297 / 802


2.2.196 (Free_Factor_1) - (Freefactor_1)

Alcatel Free_Factor_1Parameter Name

Logical Name Freefactor_1

Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take intoaccount the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 ≤ Freefactor_2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -16 16 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif




298 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 ≤ Freefactor_2 ≤ Freefactor_3


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -16 16 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 299 / 802






Coding rules –



Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -16 16 0






300 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –



Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -16 16 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 301 / 802






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freefactor_5 ≥ Freefactor_4


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -16 16 0






302 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.201 (Free_Level_1) - (Freelevel_1)

Alcatel Free_Level_1Parameter Name

Logical Name Freelevel_1

Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor ofthe cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 1





Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 303 / 802






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 3





Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

2 3 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 16 17

304 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 5





Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

4 7 10 12 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 34

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 305 / 802






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 10





Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

6 9 12 15 21 26 30 34 38 42 47 51

306 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.205 (Free_Level_DR) - (Freelevel_DR(n))

Alcatel Free_Level_DRParameter Name

Logical Name Freelevel_DR(n)

Definition Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forceddirected retry to cell n.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: DIR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry (+ Edit External cell /circuit1/2)


Single See TRXnb

Umbrella See TRXnb

Concentric See TRXnb

Concentric Umbrella See TRXnb

Microcell See TRXnb

Minicell See TRXnb

Extended inner cell 255 *

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 255 *

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 307 / 802


Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

308 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.206 (FREQUENCY_RANGE) - (FREQUENCY_RANGE)

Alcatel FREQUENCY_RANGEParameter Name

Logical Name FREQUENCY_RANGE

Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell.

Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4:PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: forfuture use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provisionfor future frequency bands support.

Mandatory rules if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" thenCELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . In a cellwhere FREQUENCY_RANGE = “EGSM” or “EGSM-DCS1800”, theBCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected bythe operator. This rule also applies to cells external to the OMC.The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the sameas the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell,where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belongingto the same frequency range.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 6 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes:SEL/PAG/RRM/HPC/HOC/DIR/GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2)

External Comment In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited toTCHs. Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGEparameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of thefollowing values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900)or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDSis set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1900 ifthe PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900bands".



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 309 / 802


2.2.207 (GSM_PHASE) - (GSM_PHASE)

Alcatel GSM_PHASEParameter Name

Logical Name GSM_PHASE

Definition This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to formatmessages towards the MSC.

Coding rules 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 1



External Comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is forimplementation purposes.



310 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.208 (H_LOAD_OBJ) - (H_LOAD_OBJ)

Alcatel H_LOAD_OBJParameter Name

Logical Name H_LOAD_OBJ

Definition High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduceMIN_DWELL_TIME variable.

Coding rules step size = 10%

Mandatory rules H_LOAD_OBJ ≥ L_LOAD_OBJ


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 80




Single N/A

Umbrella See TRXnb

Concentric N/A


Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 311 / 802


Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

312 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.209 (H_MIN_DWELL_TIME) - (H_MIN_DWELL_TIME)

Alcatel H_MIN_DWELL_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME

Definition Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules H_MIN_DWELL_TIME ≥ L_MIN_DWELL_TIME


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 120 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 313 / 802


2.2.210 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P1) -(AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1))

Alcatel High Priority Access ClassOrdering P1

Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1)

Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.

Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10(EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (accessclass 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14(access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 10 15 10






314 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07




Parameter Name



Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC)is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (accessclass 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 10 15 15






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 315 / 802




Parameter Name




Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 10 15 14






316 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07




Parameter Name




Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 10 15 13






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 317 / 802




Parameter Name




Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 10 15 12






318 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07




Parameter Name




Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 10 15 11






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 319 / 802


2.2.216 (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

Alcatel HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuitswitched calls.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD ≥ LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 80



External Comment Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnbdefault value). The value indicated here is for implementationpurposes.


Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

320 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.217 (Highest BA range ARFCNs) - (RANGEi_HIGHER (1 ≤i≤13))

Alcatel Highest BA range ARFCNsParameter Name

Logical Name RANGEi_HIGHER (1≤i≤13)

Definition Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in “BA Range” InformationElement.

Coding rules Coded on 16 bits.

Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER ≥ RANGEi_LOWER


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1023 65535


Parameter Access Reselection

External Comment RANGEi_HIGHER = FFFFh (65535) means that it shall not beincluded in “BA Range” IE. Moreover, all BA RANGE following thisone will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send tothe BSC. (i.e. FFFFh = indicator of end of BA Range)



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 321 / 802


2.2.218 (HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE) - (T_FILTER)

Alcatel HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCEParameter Name

Logical Name T_FILTER

Definition Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarmcondition is detected.

Coding rules step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s,1: 0.96s, …, 31: 29.76s

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


2 x Samfr 0 31 3






322 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.219 (HO_MARGIN) - (HOmargin (0,n))

Alcatel HO_MARGINParameter Name

Logical Name HOmargin (0,n)

Definition Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) whichis required for a power budget HO.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj


dB -127 127 5




Single 5 dB

Umbrella 5 dB

Concentric 5 dB

Concentric Umbrella 5 dB

Microcell 4 dB

Minicell 5 dB

Extended inner cell 5 dB

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 5 dB


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 323 / 802


2.2.220 (HO_MARGIN_DIST) - (HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n))

Alcatel HO_MARGIN_DISTParameter Name

Logical Name HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)

Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handovercauses.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj


dB -127 127 2




Single 2 dB

Umbrella 2 dB

Concentric 2 dB


Microcell 5 dB

Minicell 2 dB

Extended inner cell -29 dB

Cell Type Dependent



324 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.221 (HO_MARGIN_LEV) - (HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n))

Alcatel HO_MARGIN_LEVParameter Name

Logical Name HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)

Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handovercauses.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj


dB -127 127 2




Single 2 dB

Umbrella 2 dB

Concentric 0 dB


Microcell 5 dB

Minicell 0 dB


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 325 / 802


2.2.222 (HO_MARGIN_QUAL) - (HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n))

Alcatel HO_MARGIN_QUALParameter Name

Logical Name HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)

Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handovercauses

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj


dB -127 127 1




Single 1 dB

Umbrella 1 dB

Concentric 1 dB


Microcell 5 dB

Minicell 1 dB


Cell Type Dependent



326 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.223 (HR_ENABLED) - (HR_ENABLED)

Alcatel HR_ENABLEDParameter Name

Logical Name HR_ENABLED

Definition This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 327 / 802


2.2.224 (IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE) - (IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL)

Alcatel IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILUREParameter Name

Logical Name IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL

Definition This flag indicates whether or not an external 2Mbit failure is ignored.

Coding rules 0 : extern 2Mbit failure not ignored, 1 : extern 2Mbit failure ignored

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






328 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.225 (IMSI Attach/Detach) - (ATT (BSC))

Alcatel IMSI Attach/DetachParameter Name

Logical Name ATT (BSC)

Definition This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure isallowed in the cell.

Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed

Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 329 / 802


2.2.226 (IMSI Attach/Detach) - (ATT (MFS))

Alcatel IMSI Attach/DetachParameter Name

Logical Name ATT (MFS)

Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedureis allowed in the cell.

Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed

Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






330 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.227 (IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

Alcatel IND_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite forcircuit switched calls.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD ≤IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD ≤ HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 0





Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

45 45 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 331 / 802


2.2.228 (INTAVE) - (INTAVE)

Alcatel INTAVEParameter Name

Logical Name INTAVE

Definition Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCHtimeslots.

Coding rules step size=1 Samfr

Mandatory rules INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 31 10






332 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.229 (INTERCELL_HO) - (HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED)

Alcatel INTERCELL_HOParameter Name

Logical Name HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED

Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercellhandovers.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1



External Comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influenceon Directed Retry



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 333 / 802


2.2.230 (Interference bands 1-2 limit) - (INTFBD1)

Alcatel Interference bands 1-2 limitParameter Name

Logical Name INTFBD1

Definition Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules INTFBD1 < INTFBD2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -100






334 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07







Mandatory rules INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -95






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 335 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -90






336 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -85






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 337 / 802


2.2.234 (INTRACELL_HO) - (HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED)

Alcatel INTRACELL_HOParameter Name

Logical Name HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED

Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1



External Comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. The flags specific to theTFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT,EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set indepentently ofthe flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers forTFO reasons (cause 29) can therefore be performed even ifHO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled.



338 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.235 (Keep codec on handover) - (KEEP_CODEC_HO)

Alcatel Keep codec on handoverParameter Name

Logical Name KEEP_CODEC_HO

Definition Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internalincoming handovers.

Coding rules 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO callsonly; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 2 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 339 / 802


2.2.236 (L_LOAD_OBJ) - (L_LOAD_OBJ)

Alcatel L_LOAD_OBJParameter Name

Logical Name L_LOAD_OBJ

Definition Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increaseMIN_DWELL_TIME variable.


Mandatory rules L_LOAD_OBJ ≤ H_LOAD_OBJ


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 60




Single N/A

Umbrella See TRXnb

Concentric N/A


Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent


340 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

0 10 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 341 / 802


2.2.237 (L_MIN_DWELL_TIME) - (L_MIN_DWELL_TIME)

Alcatel L_MIN_DWELL_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME

Definition Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules L_MIN_DWELL_TIME ≤ H_MIN_DWELL_TIME


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 120 8






342 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.238 (L_RXLEV_CPT_HO) - (L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n))

Alcatel L_RXLEV_CPT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

Definition Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbourlower layer cell n handover or from classical band to preferred bandcell n handover.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj


dBm -110 -47 -85


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl (+Edit Adjacency)




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 343 / 802


2.2.239 (L_RXLEV_DL_H) - (L_RXLEV_DL_H)

Alcatel L_RXLEV_DL_HParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_DL_H

Definition Downlink level threshold for handover.


Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. L_RXLEV_DL_H <RXLEV_DL_IH

Recommended rules L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE =“Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800”or “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”: RXLEV_DL_ZONE ≥ L_RXLEV_DL_H(This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -96




Single -91 dBm (19)

Umbrella -91 dBm (19)

Concentric -91 dBm (19)

Concentric Umbrella -91 dBm (19)

Microcell -96 dBm (14)

Minicell -91 dBm (19)

Extended inner cell -96 dBm (14)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell -98 dBm (12)


344 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.240 (L_RXLEV_DL_P) - (L_RXLEV_DL_P)

Alcatel L_RXLEV_DL_PParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_DL_P

Definition Lower downlink level threshold for power control.


Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -85






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 345 / 802


2.2.241 (L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR) - (L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n))

Alcatel L_RXLEV_NCELL_DRParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)

Definition Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directedretry to cell n.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -110

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: DIR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry (+ Edit External cell /circuit1/2)


Single -85 dBm (25)







Cell Type Dependent



346 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.242 (L_RXLEV_UL_H) - (L_RXLEV_UL_H)

Alcatel L_RXLEV_UL_HParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_UL_H

Definition Uplink level threshold for handover.


Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H <RXLEV_UL_IH

Recommended rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE =“Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800”or “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”: RXLEV_UL_ZONE ≥ L_RXLEV_UL_H(This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -100




Single -100 dBm (10)







Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 347 / 802


2.2.243 (L_RXLEV_UL_P) - (L_RXLEV_UL_P)

Alcatel L_RXLEV_UL_PParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_UL_P

Definition Lower uplink level threshold for power control.


Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -90




Single -95 dBm (15)







Cell Type Dependent



348 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.244 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H)

Alcatel L_RXQUAL_DL_HParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H

Definition Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.

Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_DL_H ≥ L_RXQUAL_DL_P

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 4



External Comment Higher value is the worst quality



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 349 / 802


2.2.245 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR)

Alcatel L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR

Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR calls.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 4.5






350 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.246 (L_RXQUAL_DL_P) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_P)

Alcatel L_RXQUAL_DL_PParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_P

Definition Lower downlink quality threshold for power control.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 351 / 802


2.2.247 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H)

Alcatel L_RXQUAL_UL_HParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H

Definition Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_UL_H ≥ L_RXQUAL_UL_P

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 4






352 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.248 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR)

Alcatel L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR

Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR calls.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 4.5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 353 / 802


2.2.249 (L_RXQUAL_UL_P) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_P)

Alcatel L_RXQUAL_UL_PParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_P

Definition Lower uplink quality threshold for power control.


Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 3






354 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.250 (Link_factor) - (Linkfactor (0,n))

Alcatel Link_factorParameter Name

Logical Name Linkfactor (0,n)

Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap orfavour cell n.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj


dB -24 24 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 355 / 802


2.2.251 (Load computation in outer zone) - (EN_LOAD_OUTER)

Alcatel Load computation in outer zoneParameter Name

Logical Name EN_LOAD_OUTER

Definition Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of aConcentric/multiband cell instead of the load computation on thewhole cell.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 toFREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered inthe load computation. EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTERshould not be both "Enabled".

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO

External Comment significant only for concentric and multiband cells.



356 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.252 (LOAD_EV_PERIOD) - (LOAD_EV_PERIOD)

Alcatel LOAD_EV_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name LOAD_EV_PERIOD

Definition Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) forload averaging.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 30 12






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 357 / 802


2.2.253 (Load_Factor_1) - (Loadfactor_1)

Alcatel Load_Factor_1Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadfactor_1

Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into accountthe TCH load in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 ≥ Loadfactor_2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -16 0 0






358 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 ≥ Loadfactor_2 ≥ Loadfactor_3


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -16 0 0




Single -2

Umbrella -2

Concentric -2

Concentric Umbrella -2

Microcell -2

Minicell -2


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 359 / 802






Coding rules –



Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -16 0 0




Single -5

Umbrella -5

Concentric -5


Microcell -4

Minicell -5


Cell Type Dependent



360 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –



Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -16 0 0




Single -7

Umbrella -7

Concentric -7


Microcell -6

Minicell -7


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 361 / 802






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadfactor_5 ≤ Loadfactor_4


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -16 0 0




Single -10

Umbrella -10

Concentric -10


Microcell -8

Minicell -10


Cell Type Dependent



362 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.258 (Load_Level_1) - (Loadlevel_1)

Alcatel Load_Level_1Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadlevel_1

Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 50






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 363 / 802






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 60






364 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 80






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 365 / 802






Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 90






366 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.262 (Location Area Code (LAC)) - (LAC (BSC))

Alcatel Location Area Code (LAC)Parameter Name

Logical Name LAC (BSC)

Definition Location Area Code.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC(MFS) A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extendedouter) shall have the same LAC.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 65535 65535






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 367 / 802


2.2.263 (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

Alcatel LOW_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuitswitched calls.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD ≤ HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 0





Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

20 20 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

368 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.264 (LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE) - (L_TIME_ADVANCE)

Alcatel LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCEParameter Name

Logical Name L_TIME_ADVANCE

Definition Low threshold to trigger handover cause “too short distance” in outercell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


bper 0 63 0




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A


Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 369 / 802


2.2.265 (Lowest BA range ARFCNs) - (RANGEi_LOWER (1 ≤i≤13))

Alcatel Lowest BA range ARFCNsParameter Name

Logical Name RANGEi_LOWER (1≤i≤13)

Definition Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in “BA Range” InformationElement.


Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER ≥ RANGEi_LOWER


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1023 65535


Parameter Access Reselection

External Comment RANGEi_LOWER = FFFFh(65535) means that it shall not beincluded in “BA Range” IE Moreover, all BA RANGE following thisone will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send tothe BSC. (i.e. FFFFh = indicator of end of BA Range)



370 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.266 (LSA_ID_I) - (LSA_ID_array (BSC))

Alcatel LSA_ID_IParameter Name

Logical Name LSA_ID_array (BSC)

Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).

Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max

Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS)

Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of oddnumber) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number),as defined in GSM 03.03.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 16777215 16777215



External Comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value givenhere is for implementation purposes only.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 371 / 802


2.2.267 (LSA_ID_I) - (LSA_ID_array (MFS))

Alcatel LSA_ID_IParameter Name

Logical Name LSA_ID_array (MFS)

Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).


Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC)

Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of oddnumber) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number),as defined in GSM 03.03.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 16777215 16777215



External Comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value givenhere is for implementation purposes only.



372 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.268 (LSA_ID_I(n)) - (LSA_ID_array (n))

Alcatel LSA_ID_I(n)Parameter Name

Logical Name LSA_ID_array (n)

Definition List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


None 0 16777215 16777215


Parameter Access External Cell / Circuit 2/2

External Comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configurethe value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameteris autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is anOMC internal cell.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 373 / 802


2.2.269 (LSA_OFFSET) - (LSA_OFFSET)

Alcatel LSA_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name LSA_OFFSET

Definition Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with thesame LSA priorities.

Coding rules coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB,4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 64 0



External Comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.



374 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.270 (LSA_PRIO_THR) - (PRIO_THR)

Alcatel LSA_PRIO_THRParameter Name

Logical Name PRIO_THR

Definition Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection.

Coding rules coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB).

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 42 42



External Comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 375 / 802


2.2.271 (MAX_POW_INC) - (MAX_POW_INC)

Alcatel MAX_POW_INCParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_POW_INC

Definition Maximum Power increase in one power command.

Coding rules step size = 2dB

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 2 16 8






376 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.272 (MAX_POW_RED) - (MAX_POW_RED)

Alcatel MAX_POW_REDParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_POW_RED

Definition Maximum Power reduction in one power command.

Coding rules step size = 2dB

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 2 16 8






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 377 / 802


2.2.273 (MAX_RETRANS) - (Max_retrans (BSC))

Alcatel MAX_RETRANSParameter Name

Logical Name Max_retrans (BSC)

Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by theMS on the RACH.

Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01,10 and 11

Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 7 2






378 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.274 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_1) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1])

Alcatel MEAS_STAT_BFI_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1]

Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands usedfor Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 24 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 379 / 802







Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 24 2






380 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 24 4






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 381 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 24 6






382 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 24 8






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 383 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 24 10






384 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 24 14






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 385 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 24 18






386 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07







Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 24 22






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 387 / 802


2.2.283 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_1) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1])

Alcatel MEAS_STAT_C_I_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1]

Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to definebands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -62 62 -12






388 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07







Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -62 62 -9






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 389 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -62 62 -6






390 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -62 62 -3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 391 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -62 62 0






392 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -62 62 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 393 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -62 62 6






394 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -62 62 9






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 395 / 802







Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -62 62 12






396 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.292 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_1) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1])

Alcatel MEAS_STAT_LEV_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1]

Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dBm -109 -48 -53






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 397 / 802







Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dBm -109 -48 -60






398 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dBm -109 -48 -66






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 399 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dBm -109 -48 -72






400 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dBm -109 -48 -79






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 401 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dBm -109 -48 -85






402 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dBm -109 -48 -91






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 403 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dBm -109 -48 -97






404 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07







Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dBm -109 -48 -104






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 405 / 802


2.2.301 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1])

Alcatel MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1]

Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -109 109 -50






406 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07







Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 >MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -109 109 -30






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 407 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -109 109 -20






408 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -109 109 -10






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 409 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -109 109 0






410 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -109 109 10






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 411 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -109 109 20






412 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -109 109 30






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 413 / 802







Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dB -109 109 50






414 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.310 (MEAS_STAT_S_1) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [1])

Alcatel MEAS_STAT_S_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [1]

Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.


Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


Samfr 1 127 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 415 / 802







Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


Samfr 1 127 4






416 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


Samfr 1 127 8






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 417 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


Samfr 1 127 12






418 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


Samfr 1 127 14






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 419 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


Samfr 1 127 16






420 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


Samfr 1 127 18






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 421 / 802









Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


Samfr 1 127 20






422 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07







Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


Samfr 1 127 22






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 423 / 802


2.2.319 (MIN_CONNECT_TIME) - (MIN_CONNECT_TIME)

Alcatel MIN_CONNECT_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name MIN_CONNECT_TIME

Definition Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell todeclare the MS “fast” when leaving the cell with a handover.

Coding rules step size=1sec

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


sec 0 120 40




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A


Microcell 20 s

Minicell 40 s


Cell Type Dependent



424 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.320 (MS_P_CON_ACK) - (MS_P_CON_ACK)

Alcatel MS_P_CON_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name MS_P_CON_ACK

Definition Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


2 x Samfr 0 31 3




Single 3 s

Umbrella 3 s

Concentric 3 s

Concentric Umbrella 3 s

Microcell 2 s

Minicell 3 s

Extended inner cell 3 s

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 3 s


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 425 / 802


2.2.321 (MS_P_CON_INT) - (MS_P_CON_INT)

Alcatel MS_P_CON_INTParameter Name

Logical Name MS_P_CON_INT

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


2 x Samfr 0 31 2




Single 1 s

Umbrella 1 s

Concentric 1 s

Concentric Umbrella 1 s

Microcell 0 s

Minicell 1 s

Extended inner cell 1 s

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 1 s


426 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.322 (MS_TXPWR_MAX) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX)

Alcatel MS_TXPWR_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX

Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power.

Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3:37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30,31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX ≥ MS_TXPWR_MIN In addition, when sendingthe HO adjacency for a B7 target cell to a B6 serving BSC, theOMC shall encode the MS_TXPWR_MAX as in B6. Therefore:In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the GSM 900 band,if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = “11 dBm (16)” or “9 dBm (17) or “7dBm (18)” or “5 dBm (19)”, then the value given to the B6 servingBSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = “13 dBm (15)”. In a cell wherethe BCCH frequency is in the DCS 1800 or DCS1900 band, ifMS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = “2 dBm (14)” or “0 dBm (15)”, then thevalue given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = “4dBm (13)”.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm 5 43 43


Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Defaultvalue for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900:30 dBm



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 427 / 802


2.2.323 (MS_TXPWR_MAX) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n))

Alcatel MS_TXPWR_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)

Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power.


Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX ≥ MS_TXPWR_MIN In addition, when sendingthe HO adjacency for a B7 target cell to a B6 serving BSC, theOMC shall encode the MS_TXPWR_MAX as in B6. Therefore:Ina cell where the BCCH frequency is in the GSM 900 band, ifMS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = “11 dBm (16)” or “9 dBm (17) or “7dBm (18)” or “5 dBm (19)”, then the value given to the B6 servingBSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = “13 dBm (15)”. In a cell wherethe BCCH frequency is in the DCS 1800 or DCS1900 band, ifMS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = “2 dBm (14)” or “0 dBm (15)”, then thevalue given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = “4dBm (13)”.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm 5 43 43


Parameter Access External Cell / Circuit 1/2




428 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.324 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC))

Alcatel MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCHParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC)

Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use whenaccessing the cell until otherwise commanded.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm 5 43 43






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 429 / 802


2.2.325 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

Alcatel MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNERParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER

Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of aconcentric cell.


Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER ≥ MS_TXPWR_MIN


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm 5 43 43



External Comment The default value depends on the inner zone frequency band: Defaultvalue for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900:30 dBm Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE =concentric.

430 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric #


Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 431 / 802


2.2.326 (MS_TXPWR_MIN) - (MS_TXPWR_MIN)

Alcatel MS_TXPWR_MINParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MIN

Definition MS minimum allowed transmission power.


Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MIN ≤ MS_TXPWR_MAX andMS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER ≥ MS_TXPWR_MIN


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm 5 43 17


Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Defaultvalue for GSM900: 17 dBm Default value for GSM850: 17 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 4 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 4dBm



432 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.327 (MSC Signalling Point Code) - (DPC)

Alcatel MSC Signalling Point CodeParameter Name

Logical Name DPC

Definition Signalling Point Code of the MSC.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 16383 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: No





3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 433 / 802


2.2.328 (MSCR) - (MSCR (BSC))

Alcatel MSCRParameter Name

Logical Name MSCR (BSC)

Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendationsused to implement MSC software.

Coding rules 0 = MSC is release ’98 or older; 1 = MSC is release ’99 onwards

Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Internetworking MSC Internetworking




434 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.329 (MSCR) - (MSCR (MFS))

Alcatel MSCRParameter Name

Logical Name MSCR (MFS)

Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendationsused to implement MSC software.

Coding rules 0 = MSC is release ’98 or older; 1 = MSC is release ’99 onwards

Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Internetworking MSC Internetworking




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 435 / 802


2.2.330 (MULTIBAND_REPORTING) - (MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC))

Alcatel MULTIBAND_REPORTINGParameter Name

Logical Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING(BSC)

Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to beincluded in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS.

Coding rules Coded over 2 bits. 00: MS reports the six strongest cells irrespectiveof the freq. band, 01: report of the strongest cell in each supportedband, 10: id but with the 2 strongest cells in each band, 11: id with 3cells and 2 bands

Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 3 0






436 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.331 (MULTIBAND_REPORTING) - (MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS))

Alcatel MULTIBAND_REPORTINGParameter Name

Logical Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING(MFS)

Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to beincluded in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS.

Coding rules Coded over 2 bits. 00: MS reports the six strongest cells irrespectiveof the freq. band, 01: report of the strongest cell in each supportedband, 10: id but with the 2 strongest cells in each band, 11: id with 3cells and 2 bands

Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 3 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 437 / 802


2.2.332 (MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) -(MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION)

Alcatel MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITIONParameter Name

Logical Name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the servingcell to trigger a multiband handover.

Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 2 0






438 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.333 (N_BAD_SACCH) - (N_BAD_SACCH)

Alcatel N_BAD_SACCHParameter Name

Logical Name N_BAD_SACCH

Definition Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescuehandover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30seconds

Recommended rules N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M+ 1

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 0 128 4




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A


Microcell 4

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 439 / 802


2.2.334 (N_TCH_HO) - (N_TCH_HO)

Alcatel N_TCH_HOParameter Name

Logical Name N_TCH_HO

Definition Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 3






440 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.335 (N_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (N_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

Alcatel N_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Definition Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluationprocess.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 8 1





Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

6 6 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 441 / 802


2.2.336 (NB_CLR_REQ) - (N_CLR_REQ)

Alcatel NB_CLR_REQParameter Name

Logical Name N_CLR_REQ

Definition Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 8 4






442 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.337 (NB_PREF_CELLS) - (N_PREF_CELLS)

Alcatel NB_PREF_CELLSParameter Name

Logical Name N_PREF_CELLS

Definition Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVERREQUIRED.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 16 3


Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 443 / 802


2.2.338 (Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step) - (N1)

Alcatel Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one stepParameter Name

Logical Name N1

Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step.

Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 10 2






444 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.339 (Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step) - (N2)

Alcatel Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one stepParameter Name

Logical Name N2

Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 10 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 445 / 802


2.2.340 (Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step) - (M1)

Alcatel Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one stepParameter Name

Logical Name M1

Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in onestep.

Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 5 2


Parameter Access Edit BSC /Procedures / Overload and Barring




446 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.341 (Nbr. AC 11-15 unbarred in one step) - (M2)

Alcatel Nbr. AC 11-15 unbarred in onestep

Parameter Name

Logical Name M2

Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in onestep.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 5 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 447 / 802


2.2.342 (NBR_RESET_CIC_REP) - (NBR_RESET_CIC_REP)

Alcatel NBR_RESET_CIC_REPParameter Name

Logical Name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP

Definition Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions whennot acknowledged by the MSC.

Coding rules 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 255 6






448 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.343 (NBR_RESET_REP) - (NBR_RESET_REP)

Alcatel NBR_RESET_REPParameter Name

Logical Name NBR_RESET_REP

Definition Number of times the RESET message is sent without beingacknowledged by the MSC before an alarm is reported.

Coding rules If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 127 6






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 449 / 802


2.2.344 (NCC) - (NCC (BSC))

Alcatel NCCParameter Name

Logical Name NCC (BSC)

Definition Network Colour code of the cell.

Coding rules Coded over 3 bits.

Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)




450 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.345 (NCC) - (NCC (MFS))


Logical Name NCC (MFS)

Definition Network Colour code of the cell.


Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 7 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 451 / 802


2.2.346 (NCC) - (NCC(n))


Logical Name NCC(n)

Definition Network Colour code of the neighbour cell.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


None 0 7 0



External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here isfor implementation purposes. This parameter is for every cell. Theoperator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMCexternal cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC incase the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell



452 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.347 (NCC permitted) - (NCC_permitted)

Alcatel NCC permittedParameter Name

Logical Name NCC_permitted

Definition Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to thenetwork.

Coding rules Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSBcorresponds to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds to NCC = 0. For eachbit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)


SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 0



External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 453 / 802


2.2.348 (NCI) - (NCI)

Alcatel NCIParameter Name

Logical Name NCI

Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE incase of out of range timing advance.

Coding rules 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timingadvance triggers a Handover Failure procedure

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






454 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.349 (NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV) - (NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n))

Alcatel NEIGHBOUR_RXLEVParameter Name

Logical Name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)

Definition Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells forcause 13.

Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj


dBm -110 -47 -47




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A



Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 455 / 802


2.2.350 (NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO) - (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO)

Alcatel NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HOParameter Name

Logical Name NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO

Definition Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers(plus Cause 12 and Cause 27 handovers).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 0



External Comment The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT =enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasingan on-going call unnecessarily.



456 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.351 (NY_1) - (NY1)

Alcatel NY_1Parameter Name

Logical Name NY1

Definition Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.

Recommended rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 3 35 20


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 457 / 802


2.2.352 (OFFSET_CA_HIGH) - (OFFSET_CA_HIGH)

Alcatel OFFSET_CA_HIGHParameter Name

Logical Name OFFSET_CA_HIGH

Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70)

Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH ≥ OFFSET_CA_NORMAL


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 4.5






458 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.353 (OFFSET_CA_NORMAL) - (OFFSET_CA_NORMAL)

Alcatel OFFSET_CA_NORMALParameter Name

Logical Name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL

Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load.


Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH ≥ OFFSET_CA_NORMAL


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 4.5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 459 / 802


2.2.354 (OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER) - (OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER)

Alcatel OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNERParameter Name

Logical Name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER

Definition Offset which allows to take into account the radio differencesbetween the inner and the outer zone (especially in multiband cells).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -127 127 0






460 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.355 (OFFSET_HOPPING_HO) - (Offset_Hopping_HO)

Alcatel OFFSET_HOPPING_HOParameter Name

Logical Name Offset_Hopping_HO

Definition Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hoppingchannels.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 461 / 802


2.2.356 (OFFSET_HOPPING_PC) - (Offset_Hopping_PC)

Alcatel OFFSET_HOPPING_PCParameter Name

Logical Name Offset_Hopping_PC

Definition Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radiochannels.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 0






462 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.357 (OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV) - (OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n))

Alcatel OUTDOOR_UMB_LEVParameter Name

Logical Name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)

Definition Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause“level uplink micro-cell” or “level downlink micro-cell”.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj


dBm -110 -47 -80


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Low Layer HO Ctrl (+ Edit Adjacency)


Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A





Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 463 / 802


2.2.358 (PAGING) - (PAG_BAR)

Alcatel PAGINGParameter Name

Logical Name PAG_BAR

Definition This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell.

Coding rules 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0



External Comment this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phonesfrom ringing in specific cells



464 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.359 (PENALTY_TIME) - (PENALTY_TIME)

Alcatel PENALTY_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name PENALTY_TIME

Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2criterion.

Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARYOFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negativevalue

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 31 0




Single inhibited (31)

Umbrella inhibited (31)

Concentric inhibited (31)

Concentric Umbrella inhibited (31)

Microcell 20 s (0)

Minicell 20 s (0)

Extended inner cell inhibited (31)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell inhibited (31)


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 465 / 802


2.2.360 (PING_PONG_HANDICAP) - (PING_PONG_HCP)

Alcatel PING_PONG_HANDICAPParameter Name

Logical Name PING_PONG_HCP

Definition A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell toavoid a “ping-pong” effect.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 127 15






466 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.361 (POW_INC_FACTOR) - (POW_INC_FACTOR)

Alcatel POW_INC_FACTORParameter Name

Logical Name POW_INC_FACTOR

Definition Weighting factor for power increase.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules POW_INC_FACTOR ≥ POW_RED_FACTOR

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0.8






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 467 / 802


2.2.362 (POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE) - (POW_INC_STEP_SIZE)

Alcatel POW_INCR_STEP_SIZEParameter Name

Logical Name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE

Definition Power increase step size in case of power command triggered onquality criterion.

Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 2 14 6






468 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.363 (POW_RED_FACTOR) - (POW_RED_FACTOR)

Alcatel POW_RED_FACTORParameter Name

Logical Name POW_RED_FACTOR

Definition Weighting factor for power reduction.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules POW_RED_FACTOR ≤ POW_INC_FACTOR

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0.5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 469 / 802


2.2.364 (POW_RED_STEP_SIZE) - (POW_RED_STEP_SIZE)

Alcatel POW_RED_STEP_SIZEParameter Name

Logical Name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE

Definition Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered onquality criterion.

Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 2 4 2






470 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.365 (Preference Mark) - (TRX_PREF_MARK)

Alcatel Preference MarkParameter Name

Logical Name TRX_PREF_MARK

Definition Preference mark assigned to a TRX to favour or disfavour CS radioresource allocations on a TRX.

Coding rules 0: lowest preference mark (disfavour CS allocations on thecorresponding TRX) 7: highest preference mark (favour CSallocations on the corresponding TRX)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules 1) The TRX_Pref_Mark of a TRX supporting GPRS should be lowerthan the TRX_Pref_Mark of TRXs not supporting GPRS. 2) In orderto avoid conflicts between CS and PS allocations, it is recommendedto set the TRX_Pref_Mark in ascending order of their O&M TRXidentity on GPRS TRXs: The GPRS TRX having the highest TRXidentity should be set to the highest TRX_Pref_Mark, and theGPRS TRX having the lowest TRX identity should be set to a lowerTRX_Pref_Mark. A GPRS TRX is a TRX with GPRS_PREF_MARK<> 0.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance TRX


None 0 7 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / TRX Configuration




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 471 / 802


2.2.366 (PREFERRED_BAND) - (PREFERRED_BAND)

Alcatel PREFERRED_BANDParameter Name

Logical Name PREFERRED_BAND

Definition Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentiallydirected.

Coding rules 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


None 0 2 0






472 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.367 (PWRC) - (PWRC (BSC))

Alcatel PWRCParameter Name

Logical Name PWRC (BSC)

Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made onBCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel.

Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1:measurements made on BCCH frequency are not included.

Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 473 / 802


2.2.368 (PWRC) - (PWRC (MFS))

Alcatel PWRCParameter Name

Logical Name PWRC (MFS)

Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall includemeasurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequencyhopping channel.

Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1:measurements made on BCCH frequency shall not be included

Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






474 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.369 (Q703_N1) - (Q703_N1)

Alcatel Q703_N1Parameter Name

Logical Name Q703_N1

Definition Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 127 127






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 475 / 802


2.2.370 (Q703_N2) - (Q703_N2)

Alcatel Q703_N2Parameter Name

Logical Name Q703_N2

Definition Maximum number of MSU octets which are available forretransmission.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


bytes 1 8192 4096






476 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.371 (Q703_T1) - (Q703_T1)

Alcatel Q703_T1Parameter Name

Logical Name Q703_T1

Definition MTP2 timer “alignment ready”.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 40 50 50






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 477 / 802


2.2.372 (Q703_T2) - (Q703_T2)



Definition MTP2 timer “not aligned”.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 5 150 30






478 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.373 (Q703_T3) - (Q703_T3)



Definition MTP2 timer “aligned”.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 1 1.5 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 479 / 802


2.2.374 (Q703_T4E) - (Q703_T4E)

Alcatel Q703_T4EParameter Name

Logical Name Q703_T4E

Definition MTP2 Emergency proving period.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.4 0.6 0.5






480 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.375 (Q703_T4N) - (Q703_T4N)

Alcatel Q703_T4NParameter Name

Logical Name Q703_T4N

Definition MTP2 Normal proving period.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 7.5 9.5 8.2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 481 / 802


2.2.376 (Q703_T6) - (Q703_T6)



Definition MTP2 timer “remote congestion”.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 3 6 5.4






482 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.377 (Q704_T2) - (Q704_T2)



Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeoveracknowledgement.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.7 2 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 483 / 802


2.2.378 (Q704_T4) - (Q704_T4)



Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changebackacknowledgement (first attempt).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.5 1.2 1






484 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.379 (Q704_T5) - (Q704_T5)



Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changebackacknowledgement (second attempt).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.5 1.2 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 485 / 802


2.2.380 (Q707_T1) - (Q707_T1)



Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link testacknowledgement.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 4 12 4






486 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.381 (Q707_T2) - (Q707_T2)



Definition MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling linktest message.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 30 90 60






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 487 / 802


2.2.382 (RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER) - (RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC))

Alcatel RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTERParameter Name

Logical Name RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)

Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKETCHANNEL REQUEST filtering.

Coding rules 64: no filtering

Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS).

Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


bper 0 64 64



External Comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNELREQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages withTiming Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER arediscarded.



488 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.383 (RACH_BUSY_THRES) - (RACH_BUSY_THRES)

Alcatel RACH_BUSY_THRESParameter Name

Logical Name RACH_BUSY_THRES

Definition Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy.

Coding rules step size = 4 dBm

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -50 -106






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 489 / 802


2.2.384 (RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS)

Alcatel RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRESParameter Name

Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS

Definition Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 1 128 18


Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision




490 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.385 (RADIOLINK_RECOVERY) - (EN_RL_RECOV)

Alcatel RADIOLINK_RECOVERYParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RL_RECOV

Definition This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1




Single enable (1)

Umbrella enable (1)




Minicell enable (1)

Extended inner cell enable (1)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell enable (1)


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 491 / 802


2.2.386 (RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRESHOLD) - (N_BSTXPWR_M)

Alcatel RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRESHOLDParameter Name

Logical Name N_BSTXPWR_M

Definition Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 0 127 13




Single 13

Umbrella 13

Concentric 13


Microcell 15

Minicell 13


Cell Type Dependent



492 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.387 (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC))

Alcatel RADIOLINK_TIMEOUTParameter Name

Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)

Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.

Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr... 15 == 64 Samfr

Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


Samfr 4 64 16






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 493 / 802


2.2.388 (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS))

Alcatel RADIOLINK_TIMEOUTParameter Name

Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)

Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.

Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr... 15 == 64 Samfr

Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


Samfr 4 64 16






494 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.389 (Reserved Slots Number for Basic CBCH) -(Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH)

Alcatel Reserved Slots Number for BasicCBCH

Parameter Name

Logical Name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH

Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for highpriority messages within the schedule period for basic CBCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 40 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 495 / 802


2.2.390 (Reserved Slots Number for Extended CBCH) -(Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_CBCH)

Alcatel Reserved Slots Number forExtended CBCH

Parameter Name

Logical Name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_CBCH

Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for highpriority messages within the schedule period for extended CBCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 40 0






496 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.391 (RESET_INDEFINITE) - (RESET_INDEFINITE)

Alcatel RESET_INDEFINITEParameter Name

Logical Name RESET_INDEFINITE

Definition This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall besent indefinitely (as long as it is not acknowledged).

Coding rules 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times,1: The Reset procedure is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACKmessage is received.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 497 / 802


2.2.392 (RESP_REQ) - (RESP_REQ)

Alcatel RESP_REQParameter Name

Logical Name RESP_REQ

Definition This flag controls “Response request” OIE inclusion in HANDOVERREQUIRED.

Coding rules 0: IE not included, 1: IE included

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0



External Comment Default value depends on MSC type For external directed retries,the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external targetcells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested.Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDRis set to enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message fromthe MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attemptother procedures.



498 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.393 (RF_RES_IND_PERIOD) - (T_INTRF_L3)

Alcatel RF_RES_IND_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name T_INTRF_L3

Definition Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Coding rules step size = 1sec

Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 >INTAVE


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BTS


sec 10 65535 60






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 499 / 802


2.2.394 (RMS_TEMPLATE) - (RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX)

Alcatel RMS_TEMPLATEParameter Name

Logical Name RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX

Definition Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to theconcerned cell (concerns the parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix,MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx,MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE,VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER,VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL,VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER).

Coding rules coded from 1 to 16

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 16 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: RRM





500 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.395 (ROT) - (ROT)

Alcatel ROTParameter Name

Logical Name ROT

Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include “Time Difference”IE in HANDOVER COMPLETE.

Coding rules 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVERCOMPLETE, 1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included inHANDOVER COMPLETE

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 501 / 802


2.2.396 (RSL_RATE (BSC)) - (RSL_RATE (BSC))

Alcatel RSL_RATE (BSC)Parameter Name

Logical Name RSL_RATE (BSC)

Definition Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS.

Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BTS


None 0 1 1






502 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.397 (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN)

Alcatel RXLEV_ACCESS_MINParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to thecell.

Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -100






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 503 / 802


2.2.398 (RXLEV_DL_IH) - (RXLEV_DL_IH)

Alcatel RXLEV_DL_IHParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_DL_IH

Definition Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercellhandover in case of bad downlink quality.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.

Mandatory rules RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -65




Single -65 dBm (45)







Cell Type Dependent



504 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.399 (RXLEV_DL_ZONE) - (RXLEV_DL_ZONE)

Alcatel RXLEV_DL_ZONEParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_DL_ZONE

Definition Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” ANDFREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800” or“EGSM” or “DCS 1900”: RXLEV_DL_ZONE ≥ L_RXLEV_DL_H (Thisrule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -71




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A



Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 505 / 802


2.2.400 (RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO) - (RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO)

Alcatel RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO

Definition Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is notnecessary to trigger a handover on power budget (cause 12).

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -47




Single -65 dBm (45)







Cell Type Dependent



506 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.401 (RXLEV_MIN_n) - (RXLEVmin(n))

Alcatel RXLEV_MIN_nParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEVmin(n)

Definition Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -96


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)


Single -100 dBm (10)







Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 507 / 802


2.2.402 (RXLEV_UL_IH) - (RXLEV_UL_IH)

Alcatel RXLEV_UL_IHParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_UL_IH

Definition Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercellhandover in case of bad uplink quality.


Mandatory rules RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -65




Single -75 dBm (35)







Cell Type Dependent



508 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.403 (RXLEV_UL_ZONE) - (RXLEV_UL_ZONE)

Alcatel RXLEV_UL_ZONEParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_UL_ZONE

Definition Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” ANDFREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800” or“EGSM” or “DCS 1900”: RXLEV_UL_ZONE ≥ L_RXLEV_UL_H (Thisrule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -78




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A



Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 509 / 802


2.2.404 (Schedule Period for Basic CBCH) -(Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH)

Alcatel Schedule Period for Basic CBCHParameter Name

Logical Name Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH

Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


CBper 0 40 32






510 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.405 (Schedule period for Extended CBCH) -(Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH)

Alcatel Schedule period for ExtendedCBCH

Parameter Name

Logical Name Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH

Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


CBper 0 40 32






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 511 / 802


2.2.406 (SDCCH_COUNTER) - (SDCCH_COUNTER)

Alcatel SDCCH_COUNTERParameter Name

Logical Name SDCCH_COUNTER

Definition Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completionof the Immediate Assignment procedure.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules SDCCH_COUNTER ≤ T_SDCCH_PC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


2 x Samfr 0 31 3



External Comment “0” means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed aftercompletion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.



512 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.407 (SDCCH_HO) - (HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT)

Alcatel SDCCH_HOParameter Name

Logical Name HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT

Definition The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers.

Coding rules 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1



External Comment This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry

Single enable (0)

Umbrella enable (0)




Minicell enable (0)

Extended inner cell disabled (1) *

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell disabled (1) *


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 513 / 802


2.2.408 (Send_CM_Enquiry) - (BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY)

Alcatel Send_CM_EnquiryParameter Name

Logical Name BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY

Definition Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at callestablishment time.

Coding rules 0: Never, 1: In case of reception of LOCATION UPDATINGREQUEST with ES-IND = 0, 2: In case of reception of LOCATIONUPDATING REQUEST with ES-IND = 0 and A5/1 not supported

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 2 0






514 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.409 (Signalling Link Code) - (SLC)

Alcatel Signalling Link CodeParameter Name

Logical Name SLC

Definition Signalling Link Code.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance N7 ch


None 0 15 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: BSS





3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 515 / 802


2.2.410 (SMSCB_Features_Set) - (SMSCB_Features_set)

Alcatel SMSCB_Features_SetParameter Name

Logical Name SMSCB_Features_set

Definition This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCBproduct.

Coding rules 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive". IfSMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equalto "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then SMSCB_Recoveryshall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, thenfor all the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to"No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cellsNb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0"


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 1 2 1



External Comment When migrating from FS1 to FS2, USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCHshall be set to "Yes", CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4.



516 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.411 (SMSCB_Phase) - (SMSCB_Phase)

Alcatel SMSCB_PhaseParameter Name

Logical Name SMSCB_Phase

Definition This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSMPhase2 or Phase 2+ mode.

Coding rules 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+

Mandatory rules If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be setto "phase2" ’If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASEshall be set to "phase2+" SMSCB_Phase can be changed only whenSMSCB_STATE="inactive"


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 517 / 802


2.2.412 (SMSCB_Recovery) - (SMSCB_Recovery)

Alcatel SMSCB_RecoveryParameter Name

Logical Name SMSCB_Recovery

Definition This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indicationin Restart-Indication message.

Coding rules 0: No, 1: Yes

Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can bechanged only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0






518 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.413 (SMSCB_State) - (SMSCB_State)

Alcatel SMSCB_StateParameter Name

Logical Name SMSCB_State

Definition This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated.

Coding rules 0: activated, 1: deactivated

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: BSS


External Comment This parameter can be changed by OMC-R using commande"CMD-Mode".



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 519 / 802


2.2.414 (Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2) - (STRIP_O5_CM2)

Alcatel Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2Parameter Name

Logical Name STRIP_O5_CM2

Definition This flag controls the format of the “Classmark 2” IE sent to the MSC.

Coding rules 0: no modification on “Classmark2” IE, 1: octet 5 of “Classmark2” IEis stripped out

Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 atthe same time.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0



External Comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is forimplementation purposes.



520 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.415 (SYNCHRONISED_HO) - (EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO)

Alcatel SYNCHRONISED_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers betweensynchronized cells.


Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled whenCELL_TYPE is equal to “Extended inner” or “Extended outer”.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 521 / 802


2.2.416 (T(conn est)) - (T(conn est))

Alcatel T(conn est)Parameter Name

Logical Name T(conn est)

Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirmmessage.


Mandatory rules T(conn est) < T9105


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 10 127.5 30






522 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.417 (T(iar)) - (T(iar))

Alcatel T(iar)Parameter Name

Logical Name T(iar)

Definition SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 402 1530 1002






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 523 / 802


2.2.418 (T(ias)) - (T(ias))

Alcatel T(ias)Parameter Name

Logical Name T(ias)

Definition SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 96 450 450






524 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.419 (T(rel)) - (T(rel))

Alcatel T(rel)Parameter Name

Logical Name T(rel)

Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Completemessage.

Coding rules step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5sec

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 8 127.5 15






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 525 / 802


2.2.420 (T(sst)) - (T(sst))

Alcatel T(sst)Parameter Name

Logical Name T(sst)

Definition SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Testmessages.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 6 1200 30






526 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.421 (T_BIND_CNF) - (T_BIND_CNF)

Alcatel T_BIND_CNFParameter Name

Logical Name T_BIND_CNF

Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 10 300 30






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 527 / 802


2.2.422 (T_BURST) - (T_BURST)

Alcatel T_BURSTParameter Name

Logical Name T_BURST

Definition Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCKmessages.

Coding rules step size =0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.1 25.5 2






528 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.423 (T_HCP) - (T_HCP)

Alcatel T_HCPParameter Name

Logical Name T_HCP

Definition Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover.

Coding rules step size= 1sec

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


sec 0 240 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 529 / 802


2.2.424 (T_HO_REQD_LOST) - (T_HO_REQD_LOST)

Alcatel T_HO_REQD_LOSTParameter Name

Logical Name T_HO_REQD_LOST

Definition Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVERREQUIRED.


Mandatory rules T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7

Recommended rules T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum timefor external handover execution

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 6 120 30



External Comment Depends on MSC type



530 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.425 (T_IA) - (T_IA)

Alcatel T_IAParameter Name

Logical Name T_IA

Definition Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTmessage remains in the AGCH queue.


Mandatory rules T_IA<T3101


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


sec 0 5 2.5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 531 / 802


2.2.426 (T_INHIBIT_CPT) - (T_INHIBIT_CPT)

Alcatel T_INHIBIT_CPTParameter Name

Logical Name T_INHIBIT_CPT

Definition Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


sec 0 240 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Hierarchical & Multiband HO Control

External Comment T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function.



532 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.427 (T_MS_CELL_REJ) - (T_MS_CELL_REJ)

Alcatel T_MS_CELL_REJParameter Name

Logical Name T_MS_CELL_REJ

Definition Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selectedas targets in subsequent handover attempts.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 20 5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 533 / 802


2.2.428 (T_PAG_CS) - (T_PAG_CS (BSC))

Alcatel T_PAG_CSParameter Name

Logical Name T_PAG_CS (BSC)

Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message canremain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay onA and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.


Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS)

Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


sec 0 25.5 3






534 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.429 (T_PAG_CS) - (T_PAG_CS (MFS))

Alcatel T_PAG_CSParameter Name

Logical Name T_PAG_CS (MFS)

Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message canremain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay onA and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.


Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC)

Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


sec 0 25.5 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 535 / 802


2.2.430 (T_QHO) - (T_qho)

Alcatel T_QHOParameter Name

Logical Name T_qho

Definition Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests.


Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 255 3






536 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.431 (T_SDCCH_PC) - (T_SDCCH_PC)

Alcatel T_SDCCH_PCParameter Name

Logical Name T_SDCCH_PC

Definition Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited aftercompletion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.

Coding rules step size = 1 (2 x Samfr)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T_SDCCH_PC ≥ SDCCH_COUNTER

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


2 x Samfr 0 31 5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 537 / 802


2.2.432 (T1) - (T1_short)


Logical Name T1_short

Definition Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 10 25.5 16






538 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.433 (T11) - (T11)


Logical Name T11

Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests.

Coding rules –



Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 19 6






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 539 / 802


2.2.434 (T11_FORCED) - (T11_FORCED)

Alcatel T11_FORCEDParameter Name

Logical Name T11_FORCED

Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing isnot allowed by the MSC.




Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


sec 0 19 4






540 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.435 (T13) - (T13)


Logical Name T13

Definition Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 15






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 541 / 802


2.2.436 (T17) - (T17)


Logical Name T17

Definition Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from theMSC, is not processed after reception of a processed OVERLOAD.

Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules T17 < T18_overload


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 30






542 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.437 (T18) - (T18)


Logical Name T18

Definition Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage.

Coding rules Step size: 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 50






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 543 / 802


2.2.438 (T18_OVERLOAD) - (T18_Overload)

Alcatel T18_OVERLOADParameter Name

Logical Name T18_Overload

Definition Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTCinternal overload detection and debarring action. Also delay betweenconsecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Telecomglobal reset procedure.

Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules T18_OVERLOAD > T17


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 6553.5 50


Parameter Access Barring




544 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.439 (T19) - (T19)


Logical Name T19

Definition Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.1 25.5 10






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 545 / 802


2.2.440 (T20) - (T20)


Logical Name T20

Definition Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure.

Coding rules step size=0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 10 25.5 16






546 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.441 (T200 (BSC)) - (T200 (BSC))

Alcatel T200 (BSC)Parameter Name

Logical Name T200 (BSC)

Definition Supervision of acknowledgements.

Coding rules step size: 100ms; (0: 100ms, 1: 200ms,) 2: 300ms, 3: 400ms, ... , 9: 1000ms

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance A-bis link


ms 300 1000 300



External Comment To configure the Abis side of a BSS as satellite links, the value has tobe set to 1 second. (for OML 64k and OML16k as well as for RSL64kor RSL16k) This parameter is not included in the RNO/RNP-CMAlogical parameter file interface. If the Abis satellite link is removed,T200 (BSC) will be reset to its default value. The value of T200(BSC) driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migrationtime, it is set to 1sec for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer isgreater than 500msec. It can be changed indirectly from the OMC(through the change of Abis connection type)



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 547 / 802


2.2.442 (T3101) - (T3101)


Logical Name T3101

Definition Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T3101 > 2s

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


sec 0 25.5 3






548 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.443 (T3103) - (T3103)


Logical Name T3103

Definition Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure.


Mandatory rules T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. T3103 > Ny1x T3105_F_HR. T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F_FR T3103 >T3106_F_HR


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 25.5 16.5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 549 / 802


2.2.444 (T3105_D) - (T3105_D)

Alcatel T3105_DParameter Name

Logical Name T3105_D

Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATIONon SDCCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113

Recommended rules T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms onSDCCH)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


ms 200 220 200






550 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.445 (T3105_D_STOP) - (T3105_D_STOP)

Alcatel T3105_D_STOPParameter Name

Logical Name T3105_D_STOP

Definition Criterion to stop T3105_D timer.

Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception ofany correct L2 signalling frame

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 551 / 802


2.2.446 (T3105_F_FR) - (T3105_F_FR)

Alcatel T3105_F_FRParameter Name

Logical Name T3105_F_FR

Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATIONon FACCH for FR channels.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113

Recommended rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320ms on TCH)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


ms 20 250 50

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL





552 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.447 (T3105_F_HR) - (T3105_F_HR)

Alcatel T3105_F_HRParameter Name

Logical Name T3105_F_HR

Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATIONon FACCH for HR channels.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113

Recommended rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320ms on TCH)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


ms 20 250 100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL





3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 553 / 802


2.2.448 (T3105_F_STOP) - (T3105_F_STOP)

Alcatel T3105_F_STOPParameter Name

Logical Name T3105_F_STOP

Definition Criterion to stop T3105_F timer.

Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception ofany correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






554 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.449 (T3106_D) - (T3106_D)

Alcatel T3106_DParameter Name

Logical Name T3106_D

Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the targetcell in case of SDCCH synchronous handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T3106_D < T3103 T3106_D < T9113


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


ms 1100 1500 1200






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 555 / 802


2.2.450 (T3106_D_STOP) - (T3106_D_STOP)

Alcatel T3106_D_STOPParameter Name

Logical Name T3106_D_STOP

Definition Criterion to stop T3106_D timer.

Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception ofany correct L2 signalling frame

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






556 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.451 (T3106_F) - (T3106_F)

Alcatel T3106_FParameter Name

Logical Name T3106_F

Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the targetcell in case of TCH synchronous handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T3106_F < T3103 T3106_F < T9113


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


ms 500 1000 1000






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 557 / 802


2.2.452 (T3106_F_STOP) - (T3106_F_STOP)

Alcatel T3106_F_STOPParameter Name

Logical Name T3106_F_STOP

Definition Criterion to stop T3106_F timer.

Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception ofany correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






558 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.453 (T3107) - (T3107)


Logical Name T3107

Definition Supervision of the Assignment procedure.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 25.5 14






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 559 / 802


2.2.454 (T3109) - (T3109)


Logical Name T3109

Definition Supervision of the Channel Release procedure.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 35 12






560 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.455 (T3111) - (T3111)


Logical Name T3111

Definition Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 2 0.5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 561 / 802


2.2.456 (T3212) - (T3212 (BSC))



Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutivePeriodic Location Update procedures.

Coding rules 0: no periodic location update

Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


6 mn 0 255 30






562 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.457 (T4) - (T4)


Logical Name T4

Definition Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 2 6553.5 3



External Comment T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC).



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 563 / 802


2.2.458 (T7) - (T7)


Logical Name T7

Definition Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED.


Mandatory rules T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 20 5






564 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.459 (T8) - (T8)


Logical Name T8

Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 25.5 14






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 565 / 802


2.2.460 (T9104) - (T9104)


Logical Name T9104

Definition Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 25.5 2






566 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.461 (T9105) - (T9105)


Logical Name T9105

Definition Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure.


Mandatory rules T9105 > T(conn est)

Recommended rules T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 11 6553,5 31






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 567 / 802


2.2.462 (T9112) - (T9112)


Logical Name T9112

Definition Supervision of the channel modification in the MS.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T9112 ≥ 15s. T9112 ≤ T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timersupervising the Modify procedure.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0.1 6553,5 15






568 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.463 (T9113) - (T9113)


Logical Name T9113

Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC.


Mandatory rules T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 >T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


sec 0 25.5 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 569 / 802


2.2.464 (TA_STAT) - (TA_STAT)

Alcatel TA_STATParameter Name

Logical Name TA_STAT

Definition Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


bper 0 63 8



External Comment 1 bper corresponds to about 550m



570 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.465 (TCH load threshold for automatic AC) - (N_threshold)

Alcatel TCH load threshold for automaticAC

Parameter Name

Logical Name N_threshold

Definition Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barringof access classes.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 100






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 571 / 802


2.2.466 (TEMPORARY_OFFSET) - (TEMPORARY_OFFSET)

Alcatel TEMPORARY_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET

Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME.

Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB 0 60 0




Single 0 dB (0)

Umbrella 0 dB (0)

Concentric 0 dB (0)


Microcell infinity (7)

Minicell infinity (7)


Cell Type Dependent



572 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.467 (TFO HR when loaded) - (FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED)

Alcatel TFO HR when loadedParameter Name

Logical Name FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED

Definition Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell isloaded.

Coding rules 0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH shouldbe set to 1

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 2 0



External Comment If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is establishedwith HR codec, it will stay in HR. If this flag is set to 2, if for loadreasons the call is established with HR codec, and if TFO is notpossible in HR, the BSC will try to establish TFO with FR or EFRcodec, provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 573 / 802


2.2.468 (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) - (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1)

Alcatel THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1Parameter Name

Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1

Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.


Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 ≤ THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 &THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1≥THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3

Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it isrecommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell isgreater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number ofTCH in the cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 100



External Comment B6 name :THR_FR_LOAD_L


Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

574 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.469 (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) - (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3)

Alcatel THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3Parameter Name

Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3

Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual ratecell supporting AMR HR.

Coding rules Step size = 10%

Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 ≤ THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 &THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3≤THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1

Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it isrecommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell isgreater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number ofTCH in the cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 100





Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 575 / 802


2.2.470 (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) - (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1)

Alcatel THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1Parameter Name

Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1

Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.


Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 ≥ THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 &THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1≥THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3

Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it isrecommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell isgreater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number ofTCH in the cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 100



External Comment corresponds to B6 parameter THR_FR_LOAD_U


Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

576 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.471 (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) - (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3)

Alcatel THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3Parameter Name

Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3

Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual ratecell supporting AMR HR.


Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 ≥ THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 &THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3≤THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1

Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it isrecommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell isgreater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number ofTCH in the cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 100





Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 577 / 802


2.2.472 (THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH) - (THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH)

Alcatel THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGHParameter Name

Logical Name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH

Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under high load.


Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH ≥ THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 0






578 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.473 (THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL) - (THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL)

Alcatel THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMALParameter Name

Logical Name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL

Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load.


Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH ≥ THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 579 / 802


2.2.474 (Threshold for CCCH LOAD IND) - (THR_CCCH_LOAD)

Alcatel Threshold for CCCH LOAD INDParameter Name

Logical Name THR_CCCH_LOAD

Definition Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATIONmessage.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 100 3000 500






580 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.475 (TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD) - (TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD)

Alcatel TRAFFIC_EV_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD

Definition Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms =N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell


sec 2 3264 120



External Comment The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by theOMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which dependson the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value),A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, notreflected by DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 581 / 802


2.2.476 (TRX zone) - (ZONE_TYPE)

Alcatel TRX zoneParameter Name

Logical Name ZONE_TYPE

Definition Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s)belong to the outer zone of a concentric cell.

Coding rules Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone thecorresponding TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Innerzone.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)


SubSystem BSC

Instance TRX


None 0 65535 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Radio Channel Config. / TRX Configuration


Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric #


Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



582 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.477 (TSC) - (TSC)

Alcatel TSCParameter Name

Logical Name TSC

Definition Training Sequence Code used on all channels except for BCCH,CCCH and CBCH channels.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 0



External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes. For BCCH and CCCH channels(as defined in GSM TS 05.02) and for CBCH channel, the TrainingSequence Code is set to the BCC.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 583 / 802


2.2.478 (TX_INTEGER) - (Tx_integer (BSC))

Alcatel TX_INTEGERParameter Name

Logical Name Tx_integer (BSC)

Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNELREQUEST.

Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32,50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111

Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_integer (MFS)

Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported, it is recommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF= 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF= 1 The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawnrandomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in theset (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on theCCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH:- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 –> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms)- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 –> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) -Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 –> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) -Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 –> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms)Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 –> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) forcombined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 –> S = 41 RACH frames(i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 –> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e.453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 –> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e.505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 –> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e.749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 –> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e.1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, thereare 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCHconfiguration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 3 50 32



External Comment Should be set to 12 when EN_GPRS=1

584 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 585 / 802


2.2.479 (U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO) - (U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO)

Alcatel U_RXLEV_DL_MCHOParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO

Definition Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.

Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -47




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A



Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



586 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.480 (U_RXLEV_DL_P) - (U_RXLEV_DL_P)

Alcatel U_RXLEV_DL_PParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXLEV_DL_P

Definition Upper downlink level threshold for power control.


Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P

Recommended rules U_RXLEV_DL_P ≥ L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -75






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 587 / 802


2.2.481 (U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO) - (U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO)

Alcatel U_RXLEV_UL_MCHOParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO

Definition Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -47




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A



Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



588 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.482 (U_RXLEV_UL_P) - (U_RXLEV_UL_P)

Alcatel U_RXLEV_UL_PParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXLEV_UL_P

Definition Upper uplink level threshold for power control.

Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P

Recommended rules U_RXLEV_UL_P ≥ L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -75




Single -85 dBm (25)







Cell Type Dependent



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 589 / 802


2.2.483 (U_RXQUAL_DL_P) - (U_RXQUAL_DL_P)

Alcatel U_RXQUAL_DL_PParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXQUAL_DL_P

Definition Upper downlink quality threshold for power control.


Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 1



External Comment Highest value is the worst quality



590 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.484 (U_RXQUAL_UL_P) - (U_RXQUAL_UL_P)

Alcatel U_RXQUAL_UL_PParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXQUAL_UL_P

Definition Upper uplink quality threshold for power control.


Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 1



External Comment Highest value is the worst quality



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 591 / 802


2.2.485 (UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE) - (U_TIME_ADVANCE)

Alcatel UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCEParameter Name

Logical Name U_TIME_ADVANCE

Definition Timing Advance threshold for distance handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


bper 0 63 63



External Comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m

Single 35 km (63)

Umbrella 35 km (63)

Concentric 35 km (63)

Concentric Umbrella 35 km (63)

Microcell 1 km (2)

Minicell 35 km (63)

Extended inner cell 34.5 km (62)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 35 km (63)


592 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.486 (VQ_AVERAGE) - (VQ_AVERAGE)

Alcatel VQ_AVERAGEParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_AVERAGE

Definition Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for VoiceQuality statistics.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


Samfr 0 128 6


Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameterRMS_template).



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 593 / 802


2.2.487 (VQ_BAD_RXFER) - (VQ_BAD_RXFER)

Alcatel VQ_BAD_RXFERParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_BAD_RXFER

Definition Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for VoiceQuality statistics.

Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%)

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 20 3






594 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.488 (VQ_FER_THRESHOLD) - (VQ_FER_THRESHOLD)

Alcatel VQ_FER_THRESHOLDParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD

Definition Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for VoiceQuality statistics.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 30






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 595 / 802


2.2.489 (VQ_GOOD_RXFER) - (VQ_GOOD_RXFER)

Alcatel VQ_GOOD_RXFERParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_GOOD_RXFER

Definition Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for VoiceQuality statistics.

Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%)

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 20 1






596 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.490 (VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD) - (VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD)

Alcatel VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD

Definition Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Qualitystatistics.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


% 0 100 30






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 597 / 802


2.2.491 (VQ_RXLEV) - (VQ_RXLEV)

Alcatel VQ_RXLEVParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_RXLEV

Definition Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Qualitystatistics.

Coding rules 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step= 1dBm

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


dBm -110 -47 -95






598 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.492 (VQ_RXQUAL) - (VQ_RXQUAL)

Alcatel VQ_RXQUALParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_RXQUAL

Definition Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for VoiceQuality statistics.

Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 7 4






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 599 / 802


2.2.493 (VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER) - (VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER)

Alcatel VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFERParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER

Definition Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between qualitysamples for Voice Quality statistics.

Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 7 4






600 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.494 (W_LEV_HO) - (W_LEV_HO)

Alcatel W_LEV_HOParameter Name

Logical Name W_LEV_HO

Definition Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX isapplied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 3 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 601 / 802


2.2.495 (W_LEV_MCHO) - (W_LEV_MCHO)

Alcatel W_LEV_MCHOParameter Name

Logical Name W_LEV_MCHO

Definition Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when noDTX is applied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 3 1




Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A


Microcell 1

Minicell N/A


Cell Type Dependent



602 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.496 (W_LEV_PC) - (W_LEV_PC)

Alcatel W_LEV_PCParameter Name

Logical Name W_LEV_PC

Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTXis applied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 3 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 603 / 802


2.2.497 (W_PBGT_HO) - (W_PBGT_HO)

Alcatel W_PBGT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name W_PBGT_HO

Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTXis applied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 3 1






604 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.498 (W_QUAL_CA) - (W_QUAL_CA)

Alcatel W_QUAL_CAParameter Name

Logical Name W_QUAL_CA

Definition Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 3 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 605 / 802


2.2.499 (W_QUAL_HO) - (W_QUAL_HO)

Alcatel W_QUAL_HOParameter Name

Logical Name W_QUAL_HO

Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTXis applied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 3 1






606 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.500 (W_QUAL_PC) - (W_QUAL_PC)

Alcatel W_QUAL_PCParameter Name

Logical Name W_QUAL_PC

Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTXis applied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 3 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 607 / 802


2.2.501 (Wait Indication for Call Re-establishment) - (WI_CR)

Alcatel Wait Indication for CallRe-establishment

Parameter Name

Logical Name WI_CR

Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “CallRe-establishment”.

Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTREJECT message is sent.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 3






608 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.502 (Wait Indication for Emergency Calls) - (WI_EC)

Alcatel Wait Indication for EmergencyCalls

Parameter Name

Logical Name WI_EC

Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Emergency call”.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 609 / 802


2.2.503 (Wait Indication for Originating Calls) - (WI_OC)

Alcatel Wait Indication for OriginatingCalls

Parameter Name

Logical Name WI_OC

Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Originating call”.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 5






610 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.504 (Wait Indication for SDCCH procedures) - (WI_OP)

Alcatel Wait Indication for SDCCHprocedures

Parameter Name

Logical Name WI_OP

Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Locationupdating” or “Other procedures which can be completed with anSDCCH”.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 255 5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 611 / 802


2.2.505 (WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING) - (MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING)

Alcatel WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKINGParameter Name

Logical Name MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING

Definition This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon firstreception of SLTA from the MSC.

Coding rules 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon firstSLTA reception

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 0



External Comment This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is setto 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC.



612 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.2.506 (ZONE_HO_HYST_DL) - (ZONE_HO_HYST_DL)

Alcatel ZONE_HO_HYST_DLParameter Name

Logical Name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL

Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zonehandover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -40 40 6






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 613 / 802


2.2.507 (ZONE_HO_HYST_UL) - (ZONE_HO_HYST_UL)

Alcatel ZONE_HO_HYST_ULParameter Name

Logical Name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL

Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zonehandover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -40 40 6






2.3 System (CST)

614 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


2.3.1 (Interference band 5 upper limit) - (INTFBD5)

Alcatel Interference band 5 upper limitParameter Name


Definition Upper limit of interference band 5.


Mandatory rules –


Category System (CST)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -47

Modifiable OMC Changes: displayed RNO Changes: No





3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 615 / 802


2.3.2 (SMSCB_Mode) - (SMSCB_Mode)

Alcatel SMSCB_ModeParameter Name

Logical Name SMSCB_Mode

Definition This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, eitherOMC-R or CBC.

Coding rules 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC

Mandatory rules –


Category System (CST)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC


None 0 1 1






616 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

3 GPRS Telecom Parameters


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 617 / 802


3.1 Network (CDE)

618 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.1.1 (BSSGP_T3) - (bssgp_T3)

Alcatel BSSGP_T3Parameter Name

Logical Name bssgp_T3

Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement fromSGSN.

Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10

Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


sec 0.1 10 0.6






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 619 / 802


3.1.2 (BSSGP_T4) - (bssgp_T4)

Alcatel BSSGP_T4Parameter Name


Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement fromSGSN.

Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1))


Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


sec 0.1 10 0.6






620 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.1.3 (EN_CBL) - (EN_CBL)

Alcatel EN_CBLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_CBL

Definition This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky BucketSynchronisation)

Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled

Mandatory rules –



Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: - RNO Changes: -

Parameter Access -




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 621 / 802


3.1.4 (Mobile Country Code (MCC)) - (MCC (MFS))

Alcatel Mobile Country Code (MCC)Parameter Name

Logical Name MCC (MFS)

Definition Mobile Country Code.


Mandatory rules Equal to MCC (BSC)



Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance OMC


None 0 999 999



External Comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.



622 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.1.5 (Mobile Network Code (MNC)) - (MNC (MFS))

Alcatel Mobile Network Code (MNC)Parameter Name

Logical Name MNC (MFS)

Definition Mobile Network Code.


Mandatory rules Equal to MNC (BSC)



Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance OMC


None 0 999 999



External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed toenter 2 or 3 digits MNC. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyzcorrespond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 623 / 802


3.1.6 (N391) - (N391)

Alcatel N391Parameter Name

Logical Name N391

Definition Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry"(see ITU Q.933 Annex A, §A.7).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


None 1 255 6






624 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.1.7 (N392) - (N392)


Logical Name N392

Definition Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time


Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


None 1 10 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 625 / 802


3.1.8 (N393) - (N393)


Logical Name N393

Definition Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, §A.7).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


None 1 10 4






626 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.1.9 (PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER) - (PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER)

Alcatel PDU_LIFETIME_ORDERParameter Name

Logical Name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER

Definition Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remainingPDU lifetime.

Coding rules 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Should be set to “ordering disabled”, when the MFS interfaces withan Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime valueduring data flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPIin a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to “orderingenabled”.


Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 627 / 802


3.1.10 (S_BECN) - (S_BECN)

Alcatel S_BECNParameter Name

Logical Name S_BECN

Definition Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion isstated.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


None 1 255 8


Parameter Access Customer BUL files




628 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.1.11 (T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC) -(T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC)

Alcatel T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOCParameter Name

Logical Name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC

Definition Timer value controlling the time duration between successiveresource reallocation attempts for candidate MSs (trigger T3).

Coding rules step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, andso on

Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


sec 1 20 1


Parameter Access Customer BUL files

External Comment This parameter, together with the parameter N_MAX_T3_REALLOC,is used to control the extra CPU load generated by resourcereallocation attempts for MSs that are candidate for periodic resourcereallocation, and to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards tothe variation of the resources available for packet services.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 629 / 802


3.1.12 (T1) - (bssgp_T1)



Definition Guards the (un)blocking procedures.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


sec 1 30 3






630 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.1.13 (T2) - (bssgp_T2)



Definition Guards the reset procedure.


Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


sec 1 120 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 631 / 802


3.1.14 (T391) - (T391)


Logical Name T391

Definition Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933,Annex A, §A.7).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time


Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


sec 5 30 5






632 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.1.15 (TnsBlock) - (Tns_block)

Alcatel TnsBlockParameter Name

Logical Name Tns_block

Definition Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


sec 1 120 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 633 / 802


3.1.16 (TnsReset) - (Tns_reset)

Alcatel TnsResetParameter Name

Logical Name Tns_reset

Definition Time-out for reset procedure.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


sec 1 120 3






634 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.1.17 (TnsTest) - (Tns_test)

Alcatel TnsTestParameter Name

Logical Name Tns_test

Definition Overall time-out to test an NS-VC.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –



Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS


sec 1 60 15






3.2 Site (CAE)

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 635 / 802


3.2.1 (ACCESS_RATE_BC) - (ACCESS_RATE_BC)

Alcatel ACCESS_RATE_BCParameter Name

Logical Name ACCESS_RATE_BC

Definition Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BC


kbit/s 64 1984 64

Modifiable OMC Changes: displayed RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Frame relay




636 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.2 (Allowed priority classes) - (PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD(BSC))

Alcatel Allowed priority classesParameter Name

Logical Name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD(BSC)

Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priorityclass is allowed to do Packet access.

Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell;011:packet access allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet accessallowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for prioritylevel 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4

Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 6 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 637 / 802


3.2.3 (Allowed priority classes) - (PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD(MFS))

Alcatel Allowed priority classesParameter Name

Logical Name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD(MFS)

Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priorityclass is allowed to do a Packet access.

Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell;011:packet access is allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet accessis allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed forpriority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4

Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 6 6



External Comment Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the RadioPriority (i) is not allowed



638 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.4 (ALPHA) - (ALPHA (BSC))

Alcatel ALPHAParameter Name

Logical Name ALPHA (BSC)

Definition Alpha power control parameter.

Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binarycoded : 0000, 0001, 0010 … 1010

Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 639 / 802


3.2.5 (ALPHA) - (ALPHA (MFS))

Alcatel ALPHAParameter Name

Logical Name ALPHA (MFS)

Definition Alpha power control parameter.

Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binarycoded : 0000, 0001, 0010 … 1010

Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






640 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.6 (BS_AG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS))

Alcatel BS_AG_BLKS_RESParameter Name

Logical Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS)

Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel(AGCH), broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.

Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)

Mandatory rules BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) fora given cell when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell,BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 7 4



External Comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 ForCCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 641 / 802


3.2.7 (BS_CV_MAX) - (BS_CV_MAX (BSC))

Alcatel BS_CV_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name BS_CV_MAX (BSC)

Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) bythe MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. Onethird of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH beforethe MS checks if the resolution contention has failed.

Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111).

Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS)

Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" roundtrip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledgedblocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAXis set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions ofunacknowledged blocks may be delayed. For cells using GCH,BS_CV_MAX should be set to 8.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 1 15 8


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release ofUL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for agiven RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releasesand reestablishments.



642 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.8 (BS_CV_MAX) - (BS_CV_MAX (MFS))

Alcatel BS_CV_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name BS_CV_MAX (MFS)

Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) bythe MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. Onethird of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH beforethe MS checks if the resolution contention has failed.

Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111).

Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC)

Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" roundtrip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledgedblocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAXis set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions ofunacknowledged blocks may be delayed. For cells using GCH,BS_CV_MAX should be set to 8.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 15 8



External Comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release ofUL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for agiven RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releasesand reestablishments.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 643 / 802


3.2.9 (BS_PA_MFRMS) - (BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS))

Alcatel BS_PA_MFRMSParameter Name

Logical Name BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS)

Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrencesof a Paging Group, broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS serviceestablishment.

Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9)

Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 2 9 5






644 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.10 (BS_PAG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_PAG_BLKS_RES)

Alcatel BS_PAG_BLKS_RESParameter Name

Logical Name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES

Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per52 multiframe.

Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10) The codepoints 0000: 0,1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS.

Mandatory rules BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 – BS_PBCCH_BLKS


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 10 2


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2

External Comment According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks “available”on one PCCCH = (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS)* 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-attachedMobile Stations when PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall beat least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12- BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greaterthan 0.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 645 / 802


3.2.11 (BS_PBCCH_BLKS) - (BS_PBCCH_BLKS)

Alcatel BS_PBCCH_BLKSParameter Name

Logical Name BS_PBCCH_BLKS

Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe.

Coding rules coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=BlockB0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 4 4






646 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.12 (BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN) - (BS_PRACH_BLKS)

Alcatel BS_PRACH_BLKS_MINParameter Name

Logical Name BS_PRACH_BLKS

Definition Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframeon each MPDCH.

Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0000: 0, .., 1100: 12) ALCATEL BSS only supportsvalues from 1 to 8.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 8 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 647 / 802


3.2.13 (BS_TXPWR_MAX) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS))

Alcatel BS_TXPWR_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)

Definition BTS maximum allowed transmission power.

Coding rules 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB

Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BS_TXPWR_MAX ≥BS_TXPWR_MIN


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dB -30 0 0



External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively tothe BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardwarelimitation).



648 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.14 (BVCI) - (PTP_BVCI)

Alcatel BVCIParameter Name

Logical Name PTP_BVCI

Definition PTP BVCI value.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 2 65535 #


Parameter Access Cell Menu / Show GPRS Bvci




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 649 / 802


3.2.15 (C31_HYST) - (C31_HYST)

Alcatel C31_HYSTParameter Name

Logical Name C31_HYST

Definition Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shallbe applied to the C31 criterion. The hysteresis isGPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode).

Coding rules 0 : no, 1 : yes

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet)




650 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.16 (C32_QUAL) - (C32_QUAL)

Alcatel C32_QUALParameter Name

Logical Name C32_QUAL

Definition Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSETin NC0 mode.

Coding rules 0=NO, 1=YES

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 651 / 802


3.2.17 (cell identity (CI)) - (CI (MFS))

Alcatel cell identity (CI)Parameter Name

Logical Name CI (MFS)


Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal toCI (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 65535 65535






652 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.18 (CI(n)) - (CI(n))

Alcatel CI(n)Parameter Name

Logical Name CI(n)


Coding rules The value "-1" indicates that the cell is an OMC external cell. Values0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value.

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. For OMCexternal cells CI(n) = "-1".


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


None -1 65535 65535


Parameter Access Adjacencies




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 653 / 802


3.2.19 (Coding_Scheme) - (Coding_Scheme)

Alcatel Coding_SchemeParameter Name

Logical Name Coding_Scheme

Definition This parameter indicates the coding schemes that are supportedby the BTS.

Coding rules 0: CS1 only, 1: CS1 and CS2, 2: CS1 to CS4, 3: CS1 to CS4 andMCS1 to MCS9, 4: No GPRS

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BTS


None 0 4 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: - RNO Changes: -

Parameter Access -




654 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.20 (Commited Burst Size) - (CBS)

Alcatel Commited Burst SizeParameter Name

Logical Name CBS

Definition Commited Burst Size.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules CIR=0 ≤> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR ≤ NIR ≤ CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) ≤FR_CAPACITY


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC


kbyte 0 248 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Create NS-VC




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 655 / 802


3.2.21 (Committed Information Rate) - (CIR)

Alcatel Committed Information RateParameter Name

Logical Name CIR

Definition Committed Information Rate.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules CIR=0 when “direct access” is used, CIR=0 ≤> CBS=0 => EBS > 0CIR ≤ NIR ≤ CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) ≤ FR_CAPACITY


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC


kbit/s 0 1984 0






656 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.22 (CS_HST_DL_LT) - (CS_HST_DL_LT)

Alcatel CS_HST_DL_LTParameter Name

Logical Name CS_HST_DL_LT

Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlinkradio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 6 0.5


Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 657 / 802


3.2.23 (CS_HST_DL_ST) - (CS_HST_DL_ST)

Alcatel CS_HST_DL_STParameter Name

Logical Name CS_HST_DL_ST

Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in thedownlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 6 1.5






658 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.24 (CS_HST_UL_LT) - (CS_HST_UL_LT)

Alcatel CS_HST_UL_LTParameter Name

Logical Name CS_HST_UL_LT

Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplinkradio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 6 0.5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 659 / 802


3.2.25 (CS_HST_UL_ST) - (CS_HST_UL_ST)

Alcatel CS_HST_UL_STParameter Name

Logical Name CS_HST_UL_ST

Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplinkradio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 6 1.5






660 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.26 (CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD) - (CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD)

Alcatel CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD

Definition Maximum downlink transfer interruption between two successiveDL TBFs to be able to reuse the coding scheme of the previousDL TBF when establishing a new DL TBF with the fast DL TBFreestablishment procedure on PACCH. The time to establish the newDL TBF on PACCH is taken into account, i.e. if it makes the downlinktransfer interruption between the 2 TBFs exceeding the parameter,the previous coding scheme is not reused.

Coding rules step size = 20 ms

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


ms 0 5000 680


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 1/2




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 661 / 802


3.2.27 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK)

Alcatel CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK

Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision tochange the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and inacknowledged mode for hopping TRXs.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 7 6






662 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.28 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK)

Alcatel CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK

Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision tochange the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink andin unacknowledged mode for hopping TRXs.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 7 5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 663 / 802


3.2.29 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK)

Alcatel CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK

Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision tochange the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and inacknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 7 5






664 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.30 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK) -(CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK)

Alcatel CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK

Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision tochange the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and inunacknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 7 4






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 665 / 802


3.2.31 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK)

Alcatel CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK

Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision tochange the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and inacknowledged mode for hopping TRXs.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 7 6






666 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.32 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK)

Alcatel CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK

Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision tochange the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and inunacknowledged mode for hopping TRXs.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 7 5






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 667 / 802


3.2.33 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK)

Alcatel CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK

Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision tochange the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and inacknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 7 5






668 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.34 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK) -(CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK)

Alcatel CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK

Definition AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision tochange the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and inunacknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 7 4






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 669 / 802


3.2.35 (Data Link Connection Identifier) - (DLCI)

Alcatel Data Link Connection IdentifierParameter Name

Logical Name DLCI

Definition Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, seeQ.922 Annex A, Table 1.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC


None 16 991 None






670 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.36 (DRX_TIMER_MAX) - (DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC))

Alcatel DRX_TIMER_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)

Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX modeafter packet transfer mode.

Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectivelybinary coded as 000, 001, …, 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS.

Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


sec 0 4 2


Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 671 / 802


3.2.37 (DRX_TIMER_MAX) - (DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS))

Alcatel DRX_TIMER_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)

Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX modeafter packet transfer mode.

Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectivelybinary coded as 000, 001, …, 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS.

Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


sec 0 4 2






672 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.38 (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK) - (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK)

Alcatel EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK

Definition This flag enables / disables the coding scheme adaptationmechanism in GPRS RLC acknowledged mode.

Coding rules 0 : coding scheme adaptation disabled, 1 : coding schemeadaptation enabled

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 673 / 802


3.2.39 (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK) - (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK)

Alcatel EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK

Definition Enables / disables the coding scheme adaptation mechanism inGPRS RLC unacknowledged mode.

Coding rules 0 : coding scheme adaptation disabled, 1 : coding schemeadaptation enabled

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






674 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.40 (EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL) - (EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL)

Alcatel EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_RELParameter Name

Logical Name EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL

Definition This flag enables/disables the delayed TBF release feature on thedownlink.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / General

External Comment When this flag is set to 1, the TBF release will be delayed forall downlink TBFs by T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL. If data arereceived before expiry of this timer then the TBF is resumed.Otherwise it is released permanently upon expiry of the timer. EveryT_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL, a Radio Block is granted to the MobileStation on PACCH/U in order for it to be able to request establishmentof an uplink TBF. When this flag is set to 0, the TBF release will notbe delayed and T3193 is started as soon as the normal TBF releaseis acknowledged by the Mobile Station.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 675 / 802


3.2.41 (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION) - (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION)

Alcatel EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATIONParameter Name

Logical Name EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION

Definition Enables/disables the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation to cell loadvariation.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1 enabled

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


None 0 1 0



External Comment If flag is set to enabled (1), the parameter Low_Traffic_Load_GPRSis not used and the values of T_PDCH_Inactivity andT_PDCH_Inactivity_Last can be increased. The value ofHIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS can then also be set to a highervalue (for example: 90%) assuming that LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRSis set to 3.



676 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.42 (EN_MPDCH) - (EN_MPDCH)

Alcatel EN_MPDCHParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MPDCH

Definition This flag enables / disables Master PDCH in a cell.

Coding rules 0: disabled ; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS haveEN_MPDCH = disabled. EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled ifNMO I or NMO III. IF En_MPDCH = True and Min_MPDCH = 1, thenMax_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 677 / 802


3.2.43 (EN_MPDCH_STATIC) - (MIN_MPDCH)

Alcatel EN_MPDCH_STATICParameter Name

Logical Name MIN_MPDCH

Definition Defines whether the MPDCH is dynamically or statically allocatedwhen EN_MPDCH = enabled.


Mandatory rules If MIN_MPDCH = 1 then MIN_PDCH > 0. IF En_MPDCH = True andMin_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 0






678 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.44 (EN_RES_REALLOCATION) - (EN_RES_REALLOCATION)

Alcatel EN_RES_REALLOCATIONParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RES_REALLOCATION

Definition Enabling / disabling of the resource reallocation feature.

Coding rules 0: resource reallocation is disabled for all triggers 1: resourcereallocation is enabled for all triggers 2: resource reallocation isenabled only for trigger T1 3: resource reallocation is enabled onlyfor trigger T2 4: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggerT3 5: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1 and T26: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T2 and T3 7:resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1 and T3

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 7 0



External Comment This parameter allows to enable or disable attempts to performresource reallocation in order to: - either maintain a TBF alive whenits PACCH is fast preempted (trigger T1), - or attempt offering morePDCHs to an MS upon concurrent TBF establishment (trigger T2), -or periodically attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS which has aTBF in the direction of the bias with less PDCHs than it can supportaccording to its multislot class (trigger T3).



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 679 / 802


3.2.45 (Excess Burst Size) - (EBS)

Alcatel Excess Burst SizeParameter Name

Logical Name EBS

Definition Excess Burst Size.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules CIR=0 ≤> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR ≤ NIR ≤ CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) ≤FR_CAPACITY

Recommended rules EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC


kbyte 0 248 None






680 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.46 (GAMMA_TNx) - (GAMMA_TNx)

Alcatel GAMMA_TNxParameter Name

Logical Name GAMMA_TNx

Definition Binary representation of the “gamma ch” for MS output power control.

Coding rules Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dB 0 62 30


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Ctrl

External Comment This parameter replaces the B6.2 parameters GAMMA_TN0,GAMMA_TN1,…GAMMA_TN7. In the context of a concentric cell,the parameter applies to the outer zone.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 681 / 802


3.2.47 (GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) -(GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS)

Alcatel GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESISParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

Definition Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in sameRA.

Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dB 0 14 4






682 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.48 (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH)

Alcatel GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCHParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH

Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing thesystem.

Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCHfrequency band: GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1:39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dBm 5 43 43






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 683 / 802


3.2.49 (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) -(GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n))

Alcatel GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCHParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)

Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing thesystem.

Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCHfrequency band: GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1:39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm…, 19: 5 dBm. DCS1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


dBm 5 43 43


Parameter Access Edit External Cell / Packet




684 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.50 (GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE) -(GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE)

Alcatel GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUEParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE

Definition Default value of the GPRS multislot class assumed at TBFestablishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown.

Coding rules 0: the radio resource allocation algorithm does not take into accountconcurrent constraints, even if the actual MS multislot class is knownat TBF establishment. 1,2,4,8: GPRS multislot class as defined inGSM 05.02 annex B. Other multislot classes are not allowed for thisparameter. (In B7.2, the Min_value is 1 : the value 0 is not allowed.)

Mandatory rules In B7.2, the Min_value is 1 : the value 0 is not allowed.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 1 8 8



External Comment The maximum MS multislot class, among the allowed values,expected in the operator’s network shall be entered. Because thisparameter is used upon uplink TBF establishment, for instance whenreceived on CCCH, it is not possible to enter a value, which impliessupport of more than one timeslot in uplink. Indeed, the mobilestation that initiated the TBF request may only support one timeslotin uplink.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 685 / 802


3.2.51 (GPRS_PENALTY_TIME) - (GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n))

Alcatel GPRS_PENALTY_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n)

Definition Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active inneighbour cells.

Coding rules step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec)

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


sec 10 320 10






686 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.52 (GPRS_PREF_MARK) - (GPRS_PREF_MARK)

Alcatel GPRS_PREF_MARKParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_PREF_MARK

Definition Preference mark assigned to a TRX to favour or disfavour PS radioresource allocations on a TRX.

Coding rules 0: lowest preference mark (no PS allocation on the correspondingTRX) 3: highest preference mark (favour PS allocations on thecorresponding TRX)

Mandatory rules For a TRX in the inner zone of a concentric, or in the inner zoneof a multiband cell, or in the G1 band GPRS_PREF_MARK mustbe set to 0.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance TRX


None 0 3 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / Radio Channel Config. / TRX Configuration




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 687 / 802


3.2.53 (GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET) -(GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n))

Alcatel GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n)

Definition Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells.

Coding rules coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB) 00000= -52;00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32;00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12;01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000=0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12;10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100=36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


dB -52 48 0






688 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.54 (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN)

Alcatel GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MINParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system.

Coding rules step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111= -47 dBm)

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dBm -110 -47 -96


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 (+ Edit Cell / GPRS / MasterChannel 2/2)




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 689 / 802


3.2.55 (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n))

Alcatel GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MINParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)

Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the systemin neighbour cells.

Coding rules coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


dBm -110 -47 -96






690 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.56 (GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET) -(GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n))

Alcatel GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)

Definition Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbourcells.

Coding rules Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binarycoded as 000, 001, …, 111

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


dB 0 infinity 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 691 / 802


3.2.57 (HCS_THR) - (GPRS_HCS_THR)

Alcatel HCS_THRParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_HCS_THR

Definition HCS signal strength.

Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48dBm

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dBm -110 -48 -84






692 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.58 (HCS_THR) - (GPRS_HCS_THR(n))

Alcatel HCS_THRParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_HCS_THR(n)

Definition HCS signal strength.

Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48dBm

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


dBm -110 -48 -84






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 693 / 802


3.2.59 (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS) - (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)

Alcatel HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS

Definition In the basic PDCH traffic adaptation algorithm this Load thresholdis used to determine when traffic load is high or indefinite for GPRSresources. In the enhanced PDCH traffic adaptation algorithm (i.e.EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled) this threshold indicatesthe maximum number of busy radio resources in the cell before theBSC asks the MFS to decrease the number of allocated PDCHs.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS ≥ LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 80


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment If EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION is enabled andLOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS is set to 3, the value of thisparameter can be set to a higher value (for example: 90%).


Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

70 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

694 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.60 (K_AVG_L) - (K_AVG_L)

Alcatel K_AVG_LParameter Name

Logical Name K_AVG_L

Definition Signal Quality strength filter constant.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 25 8






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 695 / 802


3.2.61 (K_AVG_Q) - (K_AVG_Q)

Alcatel K_AVG_QParameter Name

Logical Name K_AVG_Q

Definition Quality Signal strength filter constant.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 25 8






696 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.62 (LAC(n)) - (LAC(n))

Alcatel LAC(n)Parameter Name

Logical Name LAC(n)


Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


None 1 65535 65535


Parameter Access Adjacencies




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 697 / 802


3.2.63 (Level 1 down) - (PVC_Level1_down)

Alcatel Level 1 downParameter Name

Logical Name PVC_Level1_down

Definition This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC


% 0 100 40


Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / Create NSVC




698 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.64 (Level 1 Factor) - (PVC_Level1_Factor)

Alcatel Level 1 FactorParameter Name

Logical Name PVC_Level1_Factor

Definition This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used forbuffering.

Coding rules step size = 10, coding rules 1 == 10 ms, 1275 == 12750 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS)for a PVC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC


ms 50 12750 None






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 699 / 802


3.2.65 (Level 1 up) - (PVC_Level1_up)

Alcatel Level 1 upParameter Name

Logical Name PVC_Level1_up

Definition This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC


% 0 100 70






700 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.66 (LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS) - (LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS)

Alcatel LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS

Definition Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) forload averaging for the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 3 30 3


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control

External Comment Only meaningful if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION is enabled.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 701 / 802


3.2.67 (Location Area Code (LAC)) - (LAC (MFS))

Alcatel Location Area Code (LAC)Parameter Name

Logical Name LAC (MFS)


Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal toLAC (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 65535 65535






702 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.68 (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS) - (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)

Alcatel LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS

Definition Load threshold used in basic GPRS traffic adaptation algorithmto determine when traffic load is low for GPRS resources.In the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm (i.e.EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled) this threshold is not used.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS ≤ HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


% 0 100 50



External Comment Only meaningful if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled.


Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 703 / 802


3.2.69 (MAX_PAGING_QUEUE) - (MAX_PAGING_QUEUE)

Alcatel MAX_PAGING_QUEUEParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE

Definition Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 50 1000 500






704 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.70 (MAX_PDCH) - (MAX_PDCH)

Alcatel MAX_PDCHParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_PDCH

Definition Maximum number of PDCHs that can be allocated in the cell . Appliesto non-concentric cells or to the outer zone of concentric cells.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Max_PDCH ≥ MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD. MAX_PDCH≥MIN_PDCH.If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; If MAX_PDCH =0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE MAX_PDCH ≤ 8 * nb of TRX with(GPRS_Pref_Mark > 0).

Recommended rules "HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS > [(Max_PDCH)/ T)] * 100.“T” is the total number of timeslots in the cell. The high loadthreshold in the BSC has to be higher than the GPRS trafficmaximum, i.e. some CS traffic is needed to reach the “highload” situation, in order to avoid to reach this threshold becauseof only GPRS traffic. And if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION =disabled: (High_Traffic_Load_GPRS - Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS) >{[(Max_PDCH) - (Max_PDCH_High_Load)] / T} * 100. The goal ofthis rule is to avoid an oscillating phenomenon which can occur ifthe MFS pre-emption process triggers a return to the BSC “normalload” situation".

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 127 0



External Comment 127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.MAX_PDCH_GROUP (from B6.2) is renamed in MAX_PDCH.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 705 / 802


3.2.71 (MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD) - (MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD)

Alcatel MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD

Definition Maximum number of PDCH per cell when the cell is in high loadsituation and if the enhanced PDCH traffic adaptation is disabled(EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION=disabled). If the enhanced PDCHadaptation is activated, this parameter indicates the lower limit of theadaptation mechanism. For a non-concentric cell or for the outerzone of a concentric cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD≥MIN_PDCHMAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD≤MAX_PDCH IF En_MPDCH = True andMin_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0.

Recommended rules "HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS > [(Max_PDCH)/ T)] * 100.“T” is the total number of timeslots in the cell. The high loadthreshold in the BSC has to be higher than the GPRS trafficmaximum, i.e. some CS traffic is needed to reach the “high load”situation, in order to avoid to reach this threshold because of onlyGPRS traffic And if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled,then (High_Traffic_Load_GPRS - Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS) >{[(Max_PDCH) - (Max_PDCH_High_Load)] / T} * 100. The aim ofthis rule is to avoid an oscillating phenomenon which can occur ifthe MFS pre-emption process triggers a return to the BSC “normalload” situation.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 127 0



706 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


External Comment 127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. If the enhancedPDCH adaptation is activated (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION =enabled), the maximum number of PDCHs is determined dynamicallyin the range of [MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; MAX_PDCH]. WhenEN_MPDCH = 1, the value MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 0 shouldbe avoided. Indeed, such a value may lead to pre-empting thePDCH that carries the PBCCH/PCCCH, if present, in case of BSChigh load. In that case, mobile stations in packet idle mode maytake up to 6 seconds before realising that PBCCH/PCCCH has beenabruptly removed. All CS or PS paging messages sent during thatperiod may then be lost.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 707 / 802


3.2.72 (MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF) - (MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF)

Alcatel MAX_PDCH_PER_TBFParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF

Definition Maximum number of PDCH allocated to a single GPRS connection.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 5 5






708 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.73 (MAX_RETRANS) - (Max_retrans (MFS))

Alcatel MAX_RETRANSParameter Name

Logical Name Max_retrans (MFS)

Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions bythe MS on the RACH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS serviceestablishment.

Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01,10 and 11

Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 7 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 709 / 802


3.2.74 (MAX_RETRANS_1) - (MAX_RETRANS_1)

Alcatel MAX_RETRANS_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MAX_RETRANS_1

Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissionsby the MS on the PRACH with priority level 1.

Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01,10, 11

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 7 2


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2




710 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07







Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 7 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 711 / 802







Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 7 2






712 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07







Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 7 2






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 713 / 802


3.2.78 (MIN_PDCH) - (MIN_PDCH)

Alcatel MIN_PDCHParameter Name

Logical Name MIN_PDCH

Definition Minimum number of PDCHs that can be preferentially allocated inthe cell. MIN_PDCH is allocated on the TRX having the highestGPRS_PREF_MARK. MIN_PDCH applies to a non-concentric cell orfor the outer zone of a concentric cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules MAX_PDCH ≥ MIN_PDCH. MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD≥ MIN_PDCH.If MIN_MPDCH = 1 then MIN_PDCH > 0.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 127 0



External Comment 127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.MIN_PDCH_GROUP (from B6.2) is renamed in MIN_PDCH .



714 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.79 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS))

Alcatel MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCHParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS)

Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use whenaccessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCHfor CS service establishment.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dBm 5 43 43






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 715 / 802


3.2.80 (N_AVG_I (BSC)) - (N_AVG_I (BSC))

Alcatel N_AVG_I (BSC)Parameter Name

Logical Name N_AVG_I (BSC)

Definition Interfering signal strength filter constant for power control.

Coding rules coded on 4 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 15 0






716 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.81 (N_AVG_I (MFS)) - (N_AVG_I (MFS))

Alcatel N_AVG_I (MFS)Parameter Name

Logical Name N_AVG_I (MFS)

Definition Interfering signal strength filter constant for power control.

Coding rules coded on 4 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 15 0


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Ch. 1/2.




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 717 / 802


3.2.82 (N_TBF_PER_SPDCH) - (N_TBF_PER_SPDCH)

Alcatel N_TBF_PER_SPDCHParameter Name

Logical Name N_TBF_PER_SPDCH

Definition Number of TBF that can be established on one PDCH beforerequesting a new PDCH to the BSC.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 5 1






718 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.83 (Network mode of operation) - (network_operation_mode (BSC))

Alcatel Network mode of operationParameter Name

Logical Name network_operation_mode (BSC)

Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS coordination for paging.

Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 ==Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III.

Mandatory rules NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS haveEN_MPDCH = disabled. EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled ifNMO I or NMO III. Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


None 1 3 2



External Comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart ofGPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 719 / 802


3.2.84 (Network mode of operation) - (network_operation_mode (MFS))

Alcatel Network mode of operationParameter Name

Logical Name network_operation_mode (MFS)

Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS coordination for paging.

Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 ==Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III

Mandatory rules NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS haveEN_MPDCH = disabled. EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled ifNMO I or NMO III. Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC).


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 1 3 2



External Comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart ofGPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface.



720 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.85 (Normal Information Rate) - (NIR)

Alcatel Normal Information RateParameter Name

Logical Name NIR

Definition Normal Information Rate.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules CIR ≤ NIR ≤ CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) ≤ FR_CAPACITY

Recommended rules NIR=0 when direct access is used

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC


kbit/s 0 1984 0


Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSVC Creation




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 721 / 802


3.2.86 (NS Priority) - (NS_Priority)

Alcatel NS PriorityParameter Name

Logical Name NS_Priority

Definition Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing.

Coding rules 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance NSVC


None 1 255 10






722 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.87 (NSEI) - (NSEI)

Alcatel NSEIParameter Name

Logical Name NSEI

Definition NSE Identifier.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance NSE


None 1 65535 None


Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSE Creation




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 723 / 802


3.2.88 (NSVC Identifier) - (NSVCI)

Alcatel NSVC IdentifierParameter Name

Logical Name NSVCI

Definition NSVC identifier.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance NSVC


None 1 65535 None

Modifiable OMC Changes: set by create(MFS) RNO Changes: No





724 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.89 (PAN_DEC) - (PAN_DEC (BSC))

Alcatel PAN_DECParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_DEC (BSC)

Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET ULACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182.

Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 725 / 802


3.2.90 (PAN_DEC) - (PAN_DEC (MFS))

Alcatel PAN_DECParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_DEC (MFS)

Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET ULACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182.


Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 7 0






726 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.91 (PAN_INC) - (PAN_INC (BSC))

Alcatel PAN_INCParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_INC (BSC)

Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET ULACK/NACK is received by MS.


Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 727 / 802


3.2.92 (PAN_INC) - (PAN_INC (MFS))

Alcatel PAN_INCParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_INC (MFS)

Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET ULACK/NACK is received by MS.


Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 7 0






728 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.93 (PAN_MAX) - (PAN_MAX (BSC))

Alcatel PAN_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_MAX (BSC)

Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MSwhen N3102 ≤ 0.

Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12…., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,…, 111

Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 4 32 32






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 729 / 802


3.2.94 (PAN_MAX) - (PAN_MAX (MFS))

Alcatel PAN_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_MAX (MFS)

Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MSwhen N3102 ≤ 0.

Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.., 111

Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 4 32 32






730 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.95 (PC_MEAS_CHAN) - (PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC))

Alcatel PC_MEAS_CHANParameter Name

Logical Name PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC)

Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measurethe received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplinkpower control.

Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made onBCCH 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be madeon PDCH

Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS).

Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 731 / 802


3.2.96 (PC_MEAS_CHAN) - (PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS))

Alcatel PC_MEAS_CHANParameter Name

Logical Name PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS)

Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measurethe received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplinkpower control.

Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made onBCCH, 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be madeon PDCH

Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC).

Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






732 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.97 (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1) - (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1)

Alcatel PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1Parameter Name

Logical Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1

Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence levelfor radio priority 1.

Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1,0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 :persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1:persistence level 16

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 16 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 733 / 802







Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 16 0






734 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07







Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 16 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 735 / 802







Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 16 0






736 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.101 (PRACH_BUSY_THRES) - (PRACH_BUSY_THRES)

Alcatel PRACH_BUSY_THRESParameter Name

Logical Name PRACH_BUSY_THRES

Definition Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy.

Coding rules step size = 4 dBm

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dBm -110 -50 -106



External Comment Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCHalgorithm.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 737 / 802


3.2.102 (PRIORITY_CLASS) - (GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS)

Alcatel PRIORITY_CLASSParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS

Definition HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 7 0






738 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.103 (PRIORITY_CLASS) - (GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n))

Alcatel PRIORITY_CLASSParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n)

Definition HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


None 0 7 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 739 / 802


3.2.104 (RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) - (RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS)

Alcatel RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESISParameter Name

Logical Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

Definition This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state theadditional hysteresis which applies when selecting a cell in a newRouting Area.

Coding rules step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dB 0 14 8






740 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.105 (RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER) - (RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS))

Alcatel RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTERParameter Name

Logical Name RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS)

Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKETCHANNEL REQUEST filtering.

Coding rules 64: no filtering

Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)

Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


bper 0 64 64



External Comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNELREQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages withTiming Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER arediscarded.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 741 / 802


3.2.106 (RANDOM_ACC_RETRY) - (RANDOM_ACC_RETRY)

Alcatel RANDOM_ACC_RETRYParameter Name

Logical Name RANDOM_ACC_RETRY

Definition This flag determines whether random access retry to another cellis allowed.

Coding rules 0 : not allowed, 1 : allowed

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 1 1






742 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.107 (Round trip delay MFS-MS) - (round_trip_delay)

Alcatel Round trip delay MFS-MSParameter Name

Logical Name round_trip_delay

Definition Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS.

Coding rules step size=10 ms

Mandatory rules T_dl_assign_ccch < 4.9s - round_trip_delay


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


ms 80 600 160



External Comment The round-trip delay is used by the BSS software (RLC-MACprocedures).



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 743 / 802


3.2.108 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE (BSC))

Alcatel Routing Area Code for GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name RA_CODE (BSC)

Definition Routing Area Code for GPRS.

Coding rules The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not beenvalued by the network provider.

Mandatory rules Equal to RA_CODE (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None -1 255 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: GPR





744 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.109 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE (MFS))


Logical Name RA_CODE (MFS)

Definition Routing Area Code.

Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: GSM 04.60) other values: external orunknown cell

Mandatory rules Equal to RA_CODE (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None -1 255 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: GPR





3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 745 / 802


3.2.110 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE(n))


Logical Name RA_CODE(n)

Definition Routing Area Code of neighbour cells.

Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: GSM 04.60) other values: external orunknown cell The initial special value "-1" means that the RA codehas still not been valued by the network provider. "-1" enables theMFS to apply the RA comparison between own cells and externalcells whose RA is unknown.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj


None -1 255 0



External Comment The initial special value "-1" means that the RA code has still notbeen valued by the network provider. "-1" enables the MFS to applythe RA comparison between own cells and external cells whose RAis unknown. The value “-1” also means that the routing area of theserving cell is different from the routing area of the target cell. Incase of inter-operator cell reselection, if the LAC + RAC of the targetcell is the same as that of the serving cell, the operator shall enter“-1” for the RAC. This value indicates to the MS the target cell is notin the same routing area as the serving cell.



746 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.111 (Routing Area Colour for GPRS) - (RA_COLOUR)

Alcatel Routing Area Colour for GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name RA_COLOUR

Definition Routing Area Colour for GPRS.

Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RAcodecolour has not yet been valued by the network provider.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 7 0



External Comment Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 747 / 802


3.2.112 (S) - (S)

Alcatel SParameter Name

Logical Name S

Definition Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNELREQUEST.

Coding rules Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010,... ,1001

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules WARNING: The following recommended rules assume that onlyBS_PRACH_BLKS PRACH blocks are available in a 52 multiframe.The UL PACCH blocks on PCCCH that may be used for PRACHare NOT considered in the figures below! Depending on the valueof the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter, it is recommend to set S asfollows: If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 1, S = 15 PRACH frames (i.e. 900ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 2, S = 30 PRACH frames (i.e. 900 ms),If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 3, S = 41 PRACH frames (i.e. 820 ms), IfBS_PRACH_BLKS = 4, S = 55 PRACH frames (i.e. 825 ms), IfBS_PRACH_BLKS = 5, S = 76 PRACH frames (i.e. 912 ms), IfBS_PRACH_BLKS = 6, S = 109 PRACH frames (i.e. 1090 ms), IfBS_PRACH_BLKS = 7, S = 109 PRACH frames (i.e. 935 ms), IfBS_PRACH_BLKS = 8, S = 109 PRACH frames (i.e. 818 ms), Thenumber of slots belonging to the MS’s PRACH between 2 successivePacket Channel Request messages is a random value drawnrandomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in theset (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds betweentwo Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a functionof S and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKSdefines the number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per52 multiframe on each PCCCH.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 12 217 30




748 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 749 / 802


3.2.113 (SGSNR) - (SGSNR)

Alcatel SGSNRParameter Name

Logical Name SGSNR

Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendationsused to implement SGSN software.

Coding rules 0 = SGSN is release ’98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release ’99 onwards

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit BSC / Internetworking SGSN Internetworking




750 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.114 (T stop frame relay emission) - (T_STOP_FR_EMISSION)

Alcatel T stop frame relay emissionParameter Name

Logical Name T_STOP_FR_EMISSION

Definition Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay).


Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC


ms 10 5000 100






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 751 / 802


3.2.115 (T_AVG_T) - (T_AVG_T (BSC))

Alcatel T_AVG_TParameter Name

Logical Name T_AVG_T (BSC)

Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.

Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 25 12






752 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.116 (T_AVG_T) - (T_AVG_T (MFS))

Alcatel T_AVG_TParameter Name

Logical Name T_AVG_T (MFS)

Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.


Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 25 12






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 753 / 802


3.2.117 (T_AVG_W) - (T_AVG_W (BSC))

Alcatel T_AVG_WParameter Name

Logical Name T_AVG_W (BSC)

Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.


Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


None 0 25 20






754 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.118 (T_AVG_W) - (T_AVG_W (MFS))

Alcatel T_AVG_WParameter Name

Logical Name T_AVG_W (MFS)

Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.


Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 0 25 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 755 / 802


3.2.119 (T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport) - (T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport)

Alcatel T_DL_GPRS_MeasReportParameter Name

Logical Name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport

Definition Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack Nack withmeasurements.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


ms 60 3000 400






756 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.120 (T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL) - (T_flow_ctrl_cell)

Alcatel T_FLOW_CTRL_CELLParameter Name

Logical Name T_flow_ctrl_cell

Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message toSGSN.

Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


sec 0 10 0






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 757 / 802


3.2.121 (T_FLOW_CTRL_MS) - (T_flow_ctrl_ms)

Alcatel T_FLOW_CTRL_MSParameter Name

Logical Name T_flow_ctrl_ms

Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message toSGSN.

Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


sec 0 250 10






758 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.122 (T_GCH_CORR) - (Tcorr)

Alcatel T_GCH_CORRParameter Name

Logical Name Tcorr

Definition Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel.

Coding rules step size=100ms

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


sec 0.1 2 0.2



External Comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCHchannels. Former HMI name Tcorr.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 759 / 802


3.2.123 (T_GCH_ESTAB) - (Testab)

Alcatel T_GCH_ESTABParameter Name

Logical Name Testab

Definition Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels.

Coding rules step size= 100 ms

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


sec 0.1 2 0.2



External Comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCHchannels. Former HMI name Testab.



760 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.124 (T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME) -(T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME)

Alcatel T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME

Definition This timer indicates the typical response time of a network serveras seen from this MFS. The response time corresponds to T’ – Twhere T corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to theSGSN and T’ the time at which the response is received on the MFSside. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing anFTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can alsobe the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDUstarting the page download.

Coding rules step size: 100 ms

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


ms 0 5000 700



External Comment The value of this timer will be used to compute the duration of theDelayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to whichthe GGSN serving the MFS is connected are not located at the sameplace, then the maximum server response time should be entered.However, note that the higher this timer is, the longer will TBFreleases be delayed and therefore the more resources are used up.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 761 / 802


3.2.125 (T_PAG_PS) - (T_PAG_PS (BSC))

Alcatel T_PAG_PSParameter Name

Logical Name T_PAG_PS (BSC)

Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message canremain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delayon Gb and A-bis interface.


Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS)

Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


sec 0 25.5 3






762 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.126 (T_PAG_PS) - (T_PAG_PS (MFS))

Alcatel T_PAG_PSParameter Name

Logical Name T_PAG_PS (MFS)

Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message canremain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delayon Gb and A-bis interface.


Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC)

Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


sec 0 25.5 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 763 / 802


3.2.127 (T_PDCH_INACTIVITY) - (T_PDCH_Inactivity)

Alcatel T_PDCH_INACTIVITYParameter Name

Logical Name T_PDCH_Inactivity

Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of one PDCH of a cell (except thelast PDCH with an allocated transmission resource), when it doesnot support anymore GPRS traffic.


Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


sec 0 100 10






764 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.128 (T_PDCH_INACTIVITY_LAST) - (T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last)

Alcatel T_PDCH_INACTIVITY_LASTParameter Name

Logical Name T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last

Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of the last PDCH of a cell whichhas a transmission resource, when it does not support GPRS trafficanymore.

Coding rules step size =1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


sec 0 200 20






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 765 / 802


3.2.129 (T_PDCH_PREEMPTION) - (T_PDCH_PREEMPTION)

Alcatel T_PDCH_PREEMPTIONParameter Name

Logical Name T_PDCH_PREEMPTION

Definition Timer to limit the duration of the soft pre-emption process (at itsexpiry, a fast pre-emption is undertaken).

Coding rules 0: immediate fast preemption, step size = 1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T_PDCH_Preemption < T_qho T_PDCH_Preemption < T11T_PDCH_Preemption < TCH_INFO_PERIOD

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


sec 0 240 2



External Comment The parameter is tuned according to the parametersHIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS and LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS.If resource reallocation is enabled for trigger T1, TBFs the PACCHof which is impacted by soft pre-emption will be attempted to bereallocated on other PDCHs, unless T_PDCH_PREEMPTION = 0.In the latter case, no resource reallocation will be attempted andthe required number of PDCHs will be granted back to the BSCimmediately (after abnormally releasing the impacted TBFs).



766 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.130 (T_PSI_PACCH) - (T_PSI_PACCH)

Alcatel T_PSI_PACCHParameter Name

Logical Name T_PSI_PACCH

Definition Scheduling period of PSI1 or PSI13 on PACCH.

Coding rules step size =1sec, 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH,00001 == 1s, … 111100 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


sec 0 30 14


Parameter Access Edit BSS / GPRS / General




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 767 / 802


3.2.131 (T_RESEL) - (T_RESEL)

Alcatel T_RESELParameter Name

Logical Name T_RESEL

Definition Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormalrelease with cell reselection, to reselect the previous cell.

Coding rules coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


sec 5 300 5






768 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.132 (T_ul_assign_PCCCH) - (T_ul_assign_pccch)

Alcatel T_ul_assign_PCCCHParameter Name

Logical Name T_ul_assign_pccch

Definition Timer defining the number of radio blocks from which one uplinkradio block may be allocated to transport the PACKET RESOURCEREQUEST msg, in a “2 phase UL TBF establishment on PCCCH”procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


sec 0.1 0.7 0.4






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 769 / 802


3.2.133 (T3168) - (T3168 (BSC))



Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packetUL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (caseof two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a ChannelRequest Description Information Element in a Packet DownlinkAck/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF).Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE.

Coding rules Coded on 3 bits. The timeout value is given as the binary value plusone in units of 500 ms.



Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


sec 1 4 1



External Comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS forgranting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also coverthe round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFSbefore the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the MobileStation. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this releaseof the Alcatel BSS.



770 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.134 (T3168) - (T3168 (MFS))


Logical Name T3168 (MFS)

Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packetUL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (caseof two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a ChannelRequest Description Information Element in a Packet DownlinkAck/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF).Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE.

Coding rules Coded on 3 bits. The timeout value is given as the binary value plusone in units of 500 ms.

Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


sec 1 4 1



External Comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS forgranting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also coverthe round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFSbefore the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the MobileStation. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this releaseof the Alcatel BSS.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 771 / 802


3.2.135 (T3192) - (T3192 (BSC))



Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception ofthe final block by the MS.

Coding rules coded on 3 bits. 0 0 0: 500 msec, 0 0 1: 1000 msec, 0 1 0: 1500msec, 0 1 1: 0 msec, 1 0 0: 80 msec, 1 0 1: 120 msec, 1 1 0: 160msec, 1 1 1: 200 msec, min = 0 Values lower than 500 ms defined in04.60 will never be used by ALCATEL implementation.


Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (120ms)T3192 = 1000ms when no non-DRX mode T3192 = 500ms whennon-DRX mode

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


ms 500 1500 500






772 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.136 (T3192) - (T3192 (MFS))



Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception ofthe final block by the MS.

Coding rules coded on 3 bits. 0 0 0 = 500 ms, 0 0 1 = 1000 msec, 0 1 0 = 1500msec, 0 1 1 = 0 msec, 1 0 0 = 80 msec, 1 0 1 = 120 msec, 1 1 0 =160 msec, 1 1 1 = 200 msec Values lower than 500 ms defined in04.60 will never be used by ALCATEL implementation.


Recommended rules T3192 > MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration(120ms) T3192 = 1000ms when no non-DRX mode T3192 = 500mswhen non-DRX mode

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


ms 500 1500 500






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 773 / 802


3.2.137 (T3212) - (T3212 (MFS))



Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutivePeriodic Location Update procedures.

Coding rules 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits



Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


6 mn 0 255 30






774 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.138 (TBF_CS_DL) - (TBF_CS_DL)

Alcatel TBF_CS_DLParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_CS_DL

Definition Threshold defining the number of consecutive Packet DownlinkAck/Nack not received above which the coding scheme of a downlinkacknowledged or unacknowledged TBF is changed to CS1 (only indownlink).


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 15 6



External Comment If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packetDL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaption but TBF release.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 775 / 802


3.2.139 (TBF_CS_UL) - (TBF_CS_UL)

Alcatel TBF_CS_ULParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_CS_UL

Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times thenetwork receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from theMS having a monoslot TBF before changing the coding schemeto CS1. For a multislot TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL xn_allocated _TS.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 1 64 32






776 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.140 (TBF_DL_INIT_CS) - (TBF_DL_INIT_CS)

Alcatel TBF_DL_INIT_CSParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_DL_INIT_CS

Definition Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptationalgorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise.

Coding rules coded from 0 to 3, 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4, only CS1 andCS2 are supported by Alcatel BSS.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 2 1






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 777 / 802


3.2.141 (TBF_UL_INIT_CS) - (TBF_UL_INIT_CS)

Alcatel TBF_UL_INIT_CSParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_UL_INIT_CS

Definition Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithmis disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise.

Coding rules coded from 0 to 3, 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4, only CS1 andCS2 are supported by Alcatel BSS.

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 1 2 1






778 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.142 (TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR)

Alcatel TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THRParameter Name

Logical Name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR

Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a badtransmission efficiency in acknowledged mode.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


% 0 100 10


Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Reselection 2/2




3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 779 / 802


3.2.143 (TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR)

Alcatel TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THRParameter Name

Logical Name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR

Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a badtransmission efficiency in unacknowledged mode.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


% 0 100 15






780 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.144 (TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD)

Alcatel TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD

Definition Number of received RLC data blocks after which TX_EFFICIENCY iscomputed.


Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 500 50






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 781 / 802


3.2.145 (TX_INT) - (TX_INT)

Alcatel TX_INTParameter Name

Logical Name TX_INT

Definition Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKETCHANNEL REQUEST.

Coding rules Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25,32, 50, coded from 0000 to 1111

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules WARNING: The following recommended rules assume that onlyBS_PRACH_BLKS PRACH blocks are available in a 52 multiframe.The UL PACCH blocks on PCCCH that may be used for PRACHare NOT considered in the figures below! Depending on thevalue of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter, it is recommend to setTX_INT as follows: If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 1, TX_INT = 4 PRACHframes (i.e. a spreading time of 240 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS= 2, TX_INT = 8 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 240ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 3, TX_INT = 12 PRACH frames(i.e. a spreading time of 240 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 4,TX_INT = 16 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 240ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 5, TX_INT = 20 PRACH frames(i.e. a spreading time of 200 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 6,TX_INT = 20 PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 200 ms),If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 7, TX_INT = 25 PRACH frames (i.e. aspreading time of 215 ms), If BS_PRACH_BLKS = 8, TX_INT = 32PRACH frames (i.e. a spreading time of 240 ms). The TX_INT allowsthe MS to spread the transmission of the repeated packet channelrequests. The idea is to set this value so that the spreading timedoes not exceed the duration of one 52-multiframe, i.e. 240 ms.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 2 50 8






782 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.146 (TX_INTEGER) - (Tx_integer (MFS))

Alcatel TX_INTEGERParameter Name

Logical Name Tx_integer (MFS)

Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNELREQUEST.

Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32,50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111

Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC)

Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported, it is recommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF= 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF= 1 The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawnrandomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in theset (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on theCCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH:- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 –> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms)- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 –> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) -Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 –> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) -Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 –> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms)Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 –> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) forcombined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 –> S = 41 RACH frames(i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 –> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e.453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 –> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e.505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 –> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e.749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 –> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e.1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, thereare 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCHconfiguration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


None 3 50 32



External Comment Should be set to 12 when EN_GPRS=1

3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 783 / 802




784 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


3.2.147 (Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject) - (WI_PR)

Alcatel Wait Indication for Packet AccessReject

Parameter Name

Logical Name WI_PR

Definition Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


sec 0 255 3






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 785 / 802


786 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

4 2G-3G Telecom Parameters


3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 787 / 802


4.1 Site (CAE)

788 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


4.1.1 (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION) -(EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC))

Alcatel EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTIONParameter Name

Logical Name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC)

Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections.

Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled

Mandatory rules Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


None 0 1 0


Parameter Access Edit BSC / UMTS

External Comment Mobile autonomous GSM to UMTS cell reselection for CS and PSservices is not supported in the cells corresponding to a FUMOBTS. Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA listshall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN(excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 – 1 = 31 if theExtended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describesthe dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IEof the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for2G-to-3G cell reselections.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 789 / 802


4.1.2 (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION) -(EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS))

Alcatel EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTIONParameter Name

Logical Name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)

Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections

Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled

Mandatory rules Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


None 0 1 0



External Comment Mobile autonomous GSM to UMTS cell reselection for CS and PSservices is not supported in the cells corresponding to a FUMOBTS. Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA listshall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN(excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 – 1 = 31 if theExtended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describesthe dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IEof the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for2G-to-3G cell reselections.



790 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


4.1.3 (FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST) - (FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC))

Alcatel FDD_FREQUENCY_LISTParameter Name

Logical Name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC)

Definition List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies

Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz

Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) Only the following downlinkbands are standardised: 1930 – 1990 MHz and 2110 – 2170 MHz


Category Site (CAE)


SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS


MHz 0 3276.6 -1



External Comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN AbsoluteRadio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface. The FDDUTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast onBCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the servingcell.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 791 / 802


4.1.4 (FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST) - (FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS))

Alcatel FDD_FREQUENCY_LISTParameter Name

Logical Name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS)

Definition List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies

Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz

Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) Only the following downlinkbands are standardised: 1930 – 1990 MHz and 2110 – 2170 MHz.


Category Site (CAE)


SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS


MHz 0 3276.6 -1



External Comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN AbsoluteRadio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface. The FDDUTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast onBCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the servingcell.



792 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


4.1.5 (FDD_Qmin) - (FDD_Qmin(BSC))

Alcatel FDD_QminParameter Name

Logical Name FDD_Qmin(BSC)

Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.

Coding rules 0 = -20 dB, 1 = -19 dB, ... , 7 = -13 dB

Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -20 -13 -20


Parameter Access Edit cell / UMTS

External Comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is aPBCCH allocated in the serving cell.



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 793 / 802


4.1.6 (FDD_Qmin) - (FDD_Qmin(MFS))

Alcatel FDD_QminParameter Name

Logical Name FDD_Qmin(MFS)

Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.

Coding rules 0 = -20 dB, 1 = -19 dB, ... , 7 = -13 dB

Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dB -20 -13 -20






794 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


4.1.7 (FDD_Qoffset) - (FDD_Qoffset (BSC))

Alcatel FDD_QoffsetParameter Name

Logical Name FDD_Qoffset (BSC)

Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and ofthe neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.

Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32:Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3:-20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8:0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20:20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB

Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dB -32 28 -32






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 795 / 802


4.1.8 (FDD_Qoffset) - (FDD_Qoffset (MFS))

Alcatel FDD_QoffsetParameter Name

Logical Name FDD_Qoffset (MFS)

Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and ofthe neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.

Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32:Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3:-20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8:0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20:20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB

Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dB -32 28 -32






796 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


4.1.9 (Qsearch) - (Qsearch(BSC))

Alcatel QsearchParameter Name

Logical Name Qsearch(BSC)

Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the receivedlevel average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold.

Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0:-98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm(below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3Gneighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10:-70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm(above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50:Never search for 3G neighbour cells

Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(MFS)

Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. alwayssearch for 3G neighbour cells.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -98 -50 -50


Parameter Access Edit Cell / UMTS

External Comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signallevel is below (-98 dBm to “always search for 3G neighbour cells”) orabove (-78 dBm to “never search for neighbour cells”) the threshold.This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is aPBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I whenbroadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast onPBCCH (See TS 05.18).



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 797 / 802


4.1.10 (Qsearch) - (Qsearch(MFS))


Logical Name Qsearch(MFS)



Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dBm -98 -50 -50



External Comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signallevel is below (-98 dBm to “always search for 3G neighbour cells”)or above (-78 dBm to “never search for 3G neighbour cells”) thethreshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCHif there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal toQsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P whenbroadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).



Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

798 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07



dB -32 28 -32






3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 799 / 802


4.1.11 (Qsearch) - (Qsearch(BSC))


Logical Name Qsearch(BSC)



Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(MFS)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell


dBm -98 -50 -50



External Comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signallevel is below (-98 dBm to “always search for 3G neighbour cells”) orabove (-78 dBm to “never search for neighbour cells”) the threshold.This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is aPBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I whenbroadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast onPBCCH (See TS 05.18).



800 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07


4.1.12 (Qsearch) - (Qsearch(MFS))


Logical Name Qsearch(MFS)



Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(BSC)


Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell


dBm -98 -50 -50



External Comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signallevel is below (-98 dBm to “always search for 3G neighbour cells”)or above (-78 dBm to “never search for 3G neighbour cells”) thethreshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCHif there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal toQsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P whenbroadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).



3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 801 / 802


BLANK PAGE BREAK

802 / 802 3BK 20583 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07

Alcatel BSS Telecom Parameters

Documents